Hempel - RECOMMENDED PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS and Maintenance
Hempel - RECOMMENDED PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS and Maintenance
Hempel - RECOMMENDED PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS and Maintenance
SYSTEM SELECTION
BOTTOM
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
BOTTOM
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2 - Sa 2½, alternatively
A mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve the
performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
C As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
D Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: Recommended profile
is Rz minimum 100 micron/4 mils - maximum 150 micron/6 mils, corresponding to
ISO Comparator Coarse (G).
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
* Thinning may be required to facilitate proper film formation if specified below 75 micron/3 mils.
Use of HEMPATEX 46330 will result in certain limits on the choice of antifouling system.
HEMPADUR 45182 can be overcoated with any antifouling system.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
* Thinning may be required to facilitate proper film formation if specified below 75 micron/3 mils.
HEMPADUR 45141/45143:
HEMPADUR 45143 is intended for curing conditions down to -10°C/14°F, HEMPADUR 45141 is to be selected in
warmer climates. A shift from HEMPADUR 45143 to HEMPADUR 45141 is most convinient to take place when
temperature is between 15°C/59°F and 25°C/77°F.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval Normal range is:
* Thinning may be required to facilitate proper film formation if specified below 75 micron/3 mils.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
* Thinning may be required to facilitate proper film formation if specified below 75 micron/3 mils.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-1
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 f/c Grey 11480 100 40 10.5 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 280 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Full coat of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is optional depending on type and condition of old/existing antifouling and of type of new antifouling system to be applied.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 12/07/02 12:02:18 DKKBI0112
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:10:02 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-2
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 f/c Grey 11480 100 40 10.5 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 340 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Full coat of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is optional depending on type and condition of old/existing antifouling and of type of new antifouling system to be applied.
Tar bleeding may occur. This is solely a cosmetic effect. It has no negative influence on neither the anticorrosive nor the antifouling properties.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0113
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:10:24 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-3
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Black 19990 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Tar bleeding may occur. This is solely a cosmetic effect. It has no negative influence on neither the anticorrosive nor the antifouling properties.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
HEMPADUR 45182.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0114
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:10:48 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-4, summer version
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Grey 12170 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Grey 11480 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
HEMPADUR 45141:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. In warm climates, the paint should be stored in a cool place. At paint
temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses, thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the
components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0117
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:11:12 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-4, winter version
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Grey 12170 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Grey 11480 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
HEMPADUR 45143:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. At paint temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses,
thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0118
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:11:35 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-5
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 200 150 5,1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5,1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 f/c Grey 11480 100 40 10,5 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 340 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Full coat of HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 is optional depending on type and condition of old/existing antifouling and of type of new antifouling system to be applied.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1002 Created/Last modified: 01/10/2002 10:14:07 DKKBI0119
Printed at: 01/10/2002 10:14:36 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-6
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 200 150 5,1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5,1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9,2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1002 Created/Last modified: 01/10/2002 10:15:20 DKKBI0120
Printed at: 01/10/2002 10:15:43 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-7
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The temperature of HEMPADUR 15570 should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper application properties.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0122
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:15:27 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-7
Area: BOTTOM
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR 15570 50630 54 95570 3:1 2h 3h 25 430 08450 -10
HEMPADUR 15570 12170 54 95570 3:1 2h 3h 25 430 08450 -10
HEMPADUR 15570 50630 54 95570 3:1 2h 3h 25 430 08450 -10
HEMPADUR 45182 25150 46 98180 4:1 3h 6h 23 490 08450 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 23/11/99 DKKBI0122
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:15:27 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-8
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit surface profile Rz minimum 100
micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G).
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5.1 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u Grey 12340 200 150 5.1 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 diluted 15-25% with HEMPEL's THINNER 08450 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per
minute.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 25/04/02 12:38:35 DKKBI0123
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:16:01 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BAC-9
Area: BOTTOM
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit surface profile Rz minimum 100
micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G).
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u Grey 12340 200 150 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45182 t/u Yellowish grey 25150 100 50 9.2 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15590 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per
minute.
HEMPADUR 45182:
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, apply a (thin) additional coat of HEMPADUR 45182. A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat
adhesion, especially in the case of long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil and grease have to be removed with eg suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh
water cleaning. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed as well. Water
jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advise if in doubt. To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be relevant.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 03/10/01 12:59:28 DKKBI0124
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:16:53 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
1. Vertical bottom includes rounding of bilges to the first longitudinal weld seam on flat bottom each side.
2. Scruppers to be plugged or fitted with special drains to prevent water from running down the ship's sides during
cleaning and painting.
3. Echo sounder, anodes, propeller(s), etc. to be effectively protected against paint overspray.
4. Work shall preferably be carried out during daylight hours. If work has to be carried out at night (or in dark weather)
the yard shall provide sufficient light for work to be carried out in accordance with the specification.
6. Precautions shall be taken to prevent (used) abrasives from contaminating painted surfaces. If such contamination
takes place abrasives must be removed and any damage to the coating(s) repaired.
7. Precautions shall be taken to prevent grit from entering rudder and stern tube. The cleanliness of these areas to
be approved by the owner's representative.
8. The first coat of paint to be applied before rusting of cleaned surfaces occurs. If dry abrasive blasted surfaces
have rusted, re-blasting or abrasive sweep blasting shall be carried out. When wet abrasive blasting is specified,
non-powdery flash rusting is acceptable but the surface shall be completely dry.
9. All paints to be applied by airless spray equipment. When necessary - in order to achieve the specified film thick-
ness - cross spray technique shall be utilized. If roller/brush application exceptionally is utilized (e.g. to cut in
lines) more coats will be necessary to achieve the recommended film thickness.
10. The proper way of governing the film thickness is by subdividing the areas to be painted and calculating the
amount of paint to be applied on each area. The exact amount of paint calculated shall be evenly applied on the
sub-area.
11. Paint shall be applied only to surfaces that are completely dry, free from dust, salt, fouling, loose paint, cleaning
residues and other impurities.
12. All other paint work shall be completed before a start is made on the first coat of antifouling.
13. Each coat of paint shall be completed before starting on the following coat.
14. The number of coats, the dry film thickness and the manner and sequence in which they are applied shall be in
accordance with the specification. Specifications with different antifoulings on vertical and flat bottom require a
fixed sequence of application.
Any other type of antifouling shall be completed before application of GLOBIC, OCEANIC and OLYMPIC.
Overlaps between two systems should be kept to a minimum.
15. Antifouling and two component products shall be carefully stirred by mechanical means.
16. To ensure a good result the specified recoating intervals and drying time before undocking, adjusted to the
ambient temperature, shall be adhered to.
17. Only the correct type of Hempel Thinner shall be used for thinning and cleaning of the application equipment.
Thinning of paints shall be kept at a minimum and may only take place if approved by the owner's and/or
Hempel's representative.
18. With certain anticorrosives, tar bleeding may occur. This is solely a cosmetic effect and has no negative influence
on neither the anticorrosive nor the antifouling performance.
19. Names, draught marks and possible other areas to be painted in accordance with the owner's instructions.
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
20. All phases of surface preparation and paint work to be approved by the owners representative.
Note: When in direct contact with seawater some of the antifouling shades will change, viz brown 60600 to grey. Red
51110 and brown 60700 fade during service. This has no negative influence on the performance of the antifouling.
TSD Centre
02/2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
TOPSIDE
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
TOPSIDE
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2 - Sa 2½, alternatively
A mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve the
performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
B SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard)
is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: Recommended profile
D is Rz minimum 100 micron/4 mils - 150 micron/6 mils, corresponding to ISO
Comparator Coarse (G).
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
E Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile correspond-
ing to Rugotest No. 3, BN 9a.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410, and HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360:
Being thermoplastic products, prolonged, mechanical exposure at temperatures above approximately 40°C/104°F may
cause film indentations. When temperature drops below, mechanical strength is recovered.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may be
supplied by some factories/stocks.
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive to mechanical
damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product. When used as a cosmetic
coat light shades may, like for other epoxies, have a tendency to yellow, and to darken when exposed to heat.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
Exposure to high humidity shortly after application, especially at temperatures below 10-15 °C/ 50-59 °F, may cause
the surface to yellow.
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may
be supplied by some factories/stocks.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-1
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 t/u Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 f/c Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 140 X: Recommended (X): Possible
THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, however, with a certain risk of wrinkling of the preceding FRESH coat of HEMPALIN.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may
also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 in excessive film thickness.
If the enamel is overcoated with antifouling the latter is prone to crack. It is recommended not to apply the enamel below the application line for the antifouling.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0101
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:42:30 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-2
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Grey 12170 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 165 X: Recommended (X): Possible
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
If the enamel is overcoated with antifouling the latter is prone to crack. It is recommended not to apply the enamel below the application line for the antifouling.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 15/06/99 DKKBI0102
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:44:03 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-3
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 195 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
If the enamel is overcoated with antifouling the latter is prone to crack. It is recommended not to apply the enamel below the application line for the antifouling.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 16/06/99 DKKBI0104
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:44:50 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-4
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 12170 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 195 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
If the enamel is overcoated with antifouling the latter is prone to crack. It is recommended not to apply the enamel below the application line for the antifouling.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 16/06/99 DKKBI0111
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:45:31 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-5
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:17:30 DKKBI0105
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:46:11 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-5
Area: TOPSIDES
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 12170 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 28 220 08450 -10
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 11480 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 28 220 08450 -10
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 10000 52 95370 7:1 4h 8h 33 440 08080 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:17:30 DKKBI0105
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:46:11 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-6
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 f/c Grey 11480 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:18:48 DKKBI0107
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:46:48 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-7
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit surface profile Rz minimum 100
micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G).
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5.1 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u Grey 12340 200 150 5.1 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 diluted 15-25% with HEMPEL's THINNER 08450 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per
minute.
AIRLESS SPRAY: 5-15% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions up to more than 20% may be necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation.
The best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 at first, and then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness giving a
uniform film formation. Do not exaggerate the film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 25/04/02 12:42:41 DKKBI0108
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:47:25 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-7
Area: TOPSIDES
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 50630 76 98750 3:1 1h 4h 27 255 08450 -10 90
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 12340 76 98750 3:1 1h 4h 27 240 08450 -10 90
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 10000 52 95370 7:1 4h 8h 33 440 08080 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 25/04/02 12:42:41 DKKBI0108
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:47:25 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-8
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit surface profile Rz minimum 100
micron - maximum 150 micron, corresponding to ISO Comparator Coarse (G).
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u Grey 12340 200 150 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15590 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per
minute.
AIRLESS SPRAY: 5-15% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions up to more than 20% may be necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation.
The best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 at first, and then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness giving a
uniform film formation. Do not exaggerate the film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 12/07/02 10:17:46 DKKBI0109
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:48:16 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-8
Area: TOPSIDES
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 50630 79 97652 3:1 1h 7h 27 255 08450 10 90
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 12340 79 97652 3:1 1h 7h 27 255 08450 10 90
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 10000 52 95370 7:1 4h 8h 33 440 08080 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 12/07/02 10:17:46 DKKBI0109
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:48:16 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-9
Area: TOPSIDES
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 9a.
HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 t/u Red-grey 19830 75 40 16.3 (X) X .017"-.021" 150 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 215 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure to contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. In addition
scrubbing of HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 with a stiff brush may be necessary to remove zinc corrosion products (white rust).
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:21:53 DKKBI0110
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:50:09 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification TS-9
Area: TOPSIDES
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 19830 65 97040 4:1 2h 1h 24 335 08450 -10
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 12170 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 28 220 08450 -10
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 10000 52 95370 7:1 4h 8h 33 440 08080 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:21:53 DKKBI0110
Printed at: 12/07/02 11:50:09 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
SUPERSTRUCTURE
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
SUPERSTRUCTURE
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2 - Sa 2½,
A alternatively mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will
improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
B SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
E Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 9a.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330, HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410, and HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360:
Being thermoplastic products, prolonged, mechanical exposure at temperatures above approximately 40°C/104°F
may cause film indentations. When temperature drops below, mechanical strength is recovered.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may be
supplied by some factories/stocks.
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive to mechanical
damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in these products. When used as a
cosmetic coat light shades may, like for other epoxies, have a tendency to yellow, and to darken when exposed to
heat.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product.
Exposure to high humidity shortly after application, especially at temperatures below 10-15 °C/ 50-59 °F, may cause
the surface to yellow.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-1
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 t/u Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 f/c Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 140 X: Recommended (X): Possible
THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, however, with a certain risk of wrinkling of the preceding FRESH coat of HEMPALIN.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may
also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 in excessive film thickness.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0130
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:18:15 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-2
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Grey 12170 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 165 X: Recommended (X): Possible
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 15/06/99 DKKBI0131
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:19:00 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-3
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46330 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) X .021"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 195 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 16/06/99 DKKBI0133
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:19:35 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-4
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 12170 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 195 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 16/06/99 DKKBI0134
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:20:22 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-5
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:08:31 DKKBI0135
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:21:03 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-5
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 12170 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 28 220 08450 -10
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 11480 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 28 220 08450 -10
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 10000 52 95370 7:1 4h 8h 33 440 08080 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:08:31 DKKBI0135
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:21:03 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-6
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 f/c Grey 11480 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
When the working procedure calls for a blast primer HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry must be used.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:09:29 DKKBI0136
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:22:09 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-7
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½ with a sharp-edged surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 9a.
HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 t/u Red-grey 19830 75 40 16.3 (X) X .017"-.021" 150 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c White 10000 100 50 10.4 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 215 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure to contaminated environment, clean the surface thoroughly by high pressure fresh water hosing and allow to dry. In addition
scrubbing of HEMPADUR ZINC 17360 with a stiff brush may be necessary to remove zinc corrosion products (white rust).
AIRLESS SPRAY: 5-15% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions up to more than 20% may be necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation.
The best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 at first, and then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness giving a
uniform film formation. Do not exaggerate the film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:11:48 DKKBI0137
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:23:06 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification SST-7
Area: SUPERSTRUCTURE
Remarks:
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:11:48 DKKBI0137
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:23:06 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 3
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2 - Sa 2½,
A alternatively mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will
improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
B As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
Alkyds (DC-1, DC-2) have limited resistance to splashes and spillage of aromatic hydrocarbons and other strong
solvents. This includes many gasolines, especially the non-leaded types.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to chalk in outdoor exposure and to become more sensitive to mechanical
damage and chemical exposure at elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product. When used as a cosmetic
coat light shades may, like for other epoxies, have a tendency to yellow when exposed to sunshine and darken when
exposed to heat.
Exposure to high humidity shortly after application, especially at temperatures below 10-15 °C/50-59 °F may lead to
yellowing of the surface.
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may be
supplied by some factories/stocks.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
HEMPADUR 15570:
Light shades will have a tendency to yellow when exposed to sunshine and darken when exposed to heat.
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-1
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 t/u Red 50800 75 30 14.3 (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 f/c Red 50800 75 30 14.3 (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 140 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Recoating of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 should take place when the first coat is dry and within 4 hours. If this interval is exceeded, do not recoat until after two
weeks. No maximum interval for adhesion.
If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly over the first coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 while still wet. (Consumption:
approximately 7,5 kg 67500 to 20 litres of paint). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
Anti-skid properties can also be attained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0145
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:30:55 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-2
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Grey 12170 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Red 51320 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 t/u Red 50800 75 30 14.3 (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 f/c Red 50800 75 30 14.3 (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 160 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Recoating of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 should take place when the first coat is dry and within 4 hours. If this interval is exceeded, do not recoat until after two
weeks. No maximum interval for adhesion.
If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly over the first coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 while still wet. (Consumption:
approximately 7,5 kg 67500 to 20 litres of paint). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
Anti-skid properties can also be attained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0146
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:32:33 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-3
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 12170 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX HI-BUILD 46410 t/u Grey 11480 200 80 5.3 (X) (X) X .017"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATEX ENAMEL 56360 f/c Redbrown 50630 125 35 8.9 (X) (X) X .017" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 195 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
As HEMPATEX are thermoplastic products, prolonged direct contact at temperatures above 40°C/104°F may cause film indentations. When temperature drops
below, the mechanical strength is recovered.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high total film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat
may also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPATEX in excessive film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 16/06/99 DKKBI0148
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:33:04 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-4
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 f/c Grey 11480 200 150 5.1 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:02:09 DKKBI0151
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:33:46 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-5
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 200 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0152
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:34:16 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-6
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 f/c Redbrown 50630 100 50 10.0 (X) X .017"-.019" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
AIRLESS SPRAY: 5-15% thinning is recommended. Under extreme conditions up to more than 20% may be necessary to obtain satisfactory film formation.
The best result is obtained by applying a mist coat of HEMPATHANE ENAMEL 55210 at first, and then 2-15 minutes later apply to full film thickness giving a
uniform film formation. Do not exaggerate the film thickness.
A completely clean surface is mandatory to ensure intercoat adhesion, especially at long recoating intervals. Any dirt, oil, and grease has to be removed, e.g. with
suitable detergent. Salts to be removed by fresh water hosing. To check an adequate quality of the surface cleaning a test patch is recommended before actual
recoating.
CURING AGENT 95370 is sensitive to moisture. Store in a dry place and keep the can tightly closed until use. Open curing agent cans with caution as overpressure
might exist. Even small traces of water in the mixed paint will reduce the pot-life and result in film defects.
On areas where a non-skid surface (medium high textured) is required it is advisable to use HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 on the "wet" HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT
55210 surface. Apply an additional coat of HEMPATHANE TOPCOAT 55210 when the surplus of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 has been removed.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0153
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:34:57 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification DC-6
Area: EXPOSED STEEL DECKS
Remarks:
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0153
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:34:57 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
CARGO HOLDS
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
HEMPEL A/S
April 2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
CARGO HOLDS
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants. Rusty
and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2 - Sa 2½, alternatively
A mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve the
performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
B SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel standard)
is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
M Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit-blasted surfaces: Recommended surface
profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10. Dust off residues.
HEMPEL A/S
April 2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
HEMPEL A/S
April 2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in these products.
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may be
supplied by some factories/stocks.
HEMPADUR 45141/45143:
HEMPADUR 45143 is intended for curing conditions down to -10°C/14°F, HEMPADUR 45141 is to be selected in
warmer climates. A shift from HEMPADUR 45143 to HEMPADUR 45141 is most convinient to take place when the
temperature is between 15°C/59°F and 25°C/77°F.
Specification CH-6:
Not recommended for cargo holds of bulk carriers.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
HEMPEL A/S
April 2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
HEMPEL A/S
April 2003
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-1
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPEL'S SILVIUM 51570 f/c Light alu 19000 75 25 15.2 (X) (X) X .017" 100 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 105 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After lastl coat a
"stipe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 03/10/01 13:08:59 DKKBI0154
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:36:24 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-2
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Grey 12170 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPEL'S UNI-PRIMER 13140 t/u Red 51320 125 50 8.4 (X) (X) X .019"-.023" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 f/c Red 50610 75 35 16.3 (X) (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 135 X: Recommended (X): Possible
HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 may be thinned with THINNER 08080 for spray application, however with the risk of wrinkling of a preceeding fresh HEMPALIN coat.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After lastl coat a
"stipe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0155
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:36:54 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-3
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 f/c Red 50610 75 35 16.3 (X) (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 115 X: Recommended (X): Possible
HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 may be thinned with THINNER 08080 for spray application, however with the risk of wrinkling of a preceeding fresh HEMPALIN coat.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After lastl coat a
"stipe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion. However, for regular maintenance of old
weathered alkyd topcoats thorough cleaning will usually be sufficient to establish acceptable intercoat adhesion. Where many maintenance coats have been
applied, internal stresses may weaken the intercoat adhesion. Remove loosely adhering paint untill sound areas have been reached.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0157
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:37:24 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Medium Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-4
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 175 125 5,6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 175 125 5,6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Minimum dry film thickness for ballast holds is 2 x 150 micron/6 mils.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:39:49 DKKBI0156
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:40:05 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-4
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR 15130 19990 70 95140 4:1 2h 7h 25 295 08450 5
HEMPADUR 15130 60430 70 95140 4:1 2h 7h 25 300 08450 5
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:39:49 DKKBI0156
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:40:05 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-5, summer version
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 125 4,8 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Grey 12170 200 125 4,8 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Minimum dry film thickness for ballast holds is 2 x 150 micron/6 mils.
HEMPADUR 45141:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. In warm climates, the paint should be stored in a cool place. At paint
temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses, thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the
components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:38:49 DKKBI0158
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:39:10 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-5, winter version
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 125 4,8 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Grey 12170 200 125 4,8 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Minimum dry film thickness for ballast holds is 2 x 150 micron/6 mils.
HEMPADUR 45143:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. At paint temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses,
thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:37:44 DKKBI0159
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:38:14 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-5, winter version
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR 45143 50630 60 97430 3:1 1h 4h 25 385 08450 -10
HEMPADUR 45143 12170 60 97430 3:1 1h 4h 25 385 08450 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:37:44 DKKBI0159
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:38:14 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-6
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 200 150 5,1 (X) (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 200 150 5,1 (X) (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:42:43 DKKBI0161
Printed at: 25/04/2003 13:30:40 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-6
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Product information: Flash Application restrictions
Volume Curing Mixing ratio Pot life Dry to touch point VOC Min. temp. Max. RH%
Shade no. solids % agent volume 20°C 20°C °C g/ltr Thinner °C
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 12170 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 35 220 08450 -10
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 11480 77 95880 3:1 1h 4h 35 220 08450 -10
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:42:43 DKKBI0161
Printed at: 25/04/2003 13:30:40 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 3
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-7
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit blasted surface: Recommended
surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10. Dust off residues..
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5,3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45753 t/u 12340 200 150 5,3 (X) X .021"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15591 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per minute.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 25/04/2003 12:48:32 DKKBI0162
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:48:50 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CH-8
Area: CARGO HOLDS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Abrasive blasting to minimum Sa 2½. Grit blasted surface: Recommended
surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10. Dust off residues..
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 150 5,3 X X .021"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 t/u 12340 200 150 5,3 X X .021"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15590 in 40 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
It is recommended to use heavy airless spray equipment with a pump transmission ratio of 60:1 (approximately), and a theoretical output of min. 12 litres per minute.
Stripe coating before spray application of each coat is to be done on areas difficult to reach such as e.g. edges, corners, flanges and reverse sides. After last coat a
"stripe coat" by spray (small, narrow angled nozzles) is to be given to all welds and free edges.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
With this cargo hold coating system it is especially important that the specified film thickness is achieved all over and that a uniform film formation free of any
pinholes and other defects is obtained for each coat applied.
However the maximum dry film thickness should not exceed two times the specified film thickness.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking cargo hold into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0403 Created/Last modified: 03/10/2001 13:01:51 DKKBI0163
Printed at: 25/04/2003 12:50:03 Department name: Group Product Performance Environment : Severe Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
BALLAST TANKS
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
BALLAST TANKS
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
C 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
Remove all oil and grease, mud and similar contaminants with suitable detergent
followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove rust scale and loose
coating material by abrasive blasting, power tool cleaning or water jetting to
minimum Sa 1, St 2 or WJ-4 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12). Existing epoxy or coal tar
G epoxy system to be uniformly matted by grinding or abrasive sweep blasting. Dust
off residues and allow the surface to dry. The durability of the system depends on
the achieved degree of surface preparation. Insufficient removal of scale will result
in later flaking.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-1
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Remove all oil and grease, mud and similar contaminants with suitable detergent
followed by (high pressure) fresh water cleaning. Remove rust scale and loose
coating material by abrasive blasting, power tool cleaning or water jetting to
minimum Sa 1, St 2 or WJ-4 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12). Existing epoxy or coal
tar epoxy system to be uniformly matted by grinding or abrasive sweep blasting.
Dust off residues and allow the surface to dry. The durability of the system
depends on the achieved degree of surface preparation. Insufficient removal of
scale will result in later flaking.
HEMPEL'S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 f/c Black 19990 325 175 3.0 (X) X .021"-.025" 200 bar
HEMPEL'S BALLAST COAT SH 10880 f/c Alu-bronze 19820 350 175 3.0 (X) X .021"-.025" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Ballast tanks may be filled when all painted surfaces are dry. It is recommended to ascertain the drying condition by a thorough inspection before filling.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0138
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:24:17 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-2
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 225 150 4.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0139
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:29:20 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-3
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 17630 t/u Cream 20320 225 150 4,6 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 17630 t/u Grey 12170 225 150 4,6 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
To facilitate proper application properties at steel temperatures below 5°C/41°F it is recommended to allow the thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT to
prereact before application. In case two-component spray-equipment is used, paint material is to be heated. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1002 Created/Last modified: 01/10/2002 14:59:51 DKKBI0140
Printed at: 01/10/2002 15:00:28 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-4
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 17630 t/u Cream 20320 225 150 4,6 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 17630 t/u Grey 12170 225 150 4,6 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 17630 t/u Cream 20320 225 150 4,6 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 450 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to achieve
the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
To facilitate proper application properties at steel temperatures below 5°C/41°F it is recommended to allow the thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT to
prereact before application. In case two-component spray-equipment is used, paint material is to be heated. Consult separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1002 Created/Last modified: 01/10/2002 15:01:53 DKKBI0181
Printed at: 01/10/2002 15:02:16 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-5, summer version
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Redbrown 50630 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45141 t/u Grey 12170 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 45141:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. In warm climates, the paint should be stored in a cool place. At paint
temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses, thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the
components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0141
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:27:06 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-5, winter version
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Redbrown 50630 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR 45143 t/u Grey 12170 250 150 4.0 (X) X .019"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 45143:
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 18-22°C/64-72°F. At paint temperatures below 15°C/59°F or in case of very long spray hoses,
thinning may be necessary. This will cause lower film build and longer drying time. MIx the components thoroughly.
If the paint temperature, as an exception, is below approx. 10°C/50°F, allow the mixture to prereact 30 minutes before use.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0142
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:27:45 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification BT-6
Area: BALLAST TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Reference is furthermore made to Hempel's Technical Standard for Ballast-tankcoating work and inspection.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0144
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:28:35 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
FRESH WATER TANKS
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot repairs)
H or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will
improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
HEMPADUR 15100:
Not suited for potable water tanks.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FW-1
Area: FRESH WATER TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues.
HEMPADUR 15100 t/u Black 19990 275 150 3.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15100 t/u Brown 60420 275 150 3.7 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
With this few coat paint system it is especially important that the specified minimum film thickness is achieved all over for each coat applied..
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The maximum recoating interval can be prolonged to 4 days at 20°C/68°F on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight, water/condensation or
to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore, the surface of the first coat of HEMPADUR 15100 must be free of any exudations. This is secured by
keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, ie such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described limits. Note that
excessive temperature during application/curing also must be avoided.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0164
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:42:43 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FW-2
Area: FRESH WATER TANKS
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to min. Sa. 2½. Surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No.
3, BN 11, Keane-Tator Comparator, 5.5 G/S, or ISO Comparator Coarse (G). Oil
and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other
contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After
blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 t/u Red 51320 300 300 3.3 (X) X .019"-.031" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 t/u Grey 10500 200 200 5.0 (X) X .019"-.031" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 500 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
With this few coat paint system it is especially important that the specified minimum film thickness is achieved all over for each coat applied..
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Mix and stir the two components until an even colour is achieved, whenafter the paint is ready for use.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Do not put tank into service before the coating is properly cured. When cured but before taking tank into use for potable water, fill twice with water, each time for a
period of not less than 24 hours, and finally flush with fresh water. Alternatively hose down with warm fresh water (max. 50°C/122°F). Such cleaning may be subject
to local/individual specification or regulation.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0165
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:43:19 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FW-3
Area: FRESH WATER TANKS
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to very near to white metal Sa 2½ - Sa 3. Surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or
ISO Comparator Rough Medium (G). Oil and grease must be removed with
suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water
hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives
and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR 85671 t/u Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 85671 t/u Light red 50900 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 85671 t/u Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The steel temperature must never drop below the limit until full curing has taken place.
The temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F, best results are obtained at 17-23°C/62-73°F.
The thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT must be prereacted before application (15 minutes at 20°C/68°F), at other temperatures, please see
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS.
Keep thinnnig at an absolute minimum. Do not dilute the components separately - only the mixture.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 02/10/01 13:45:45 DKKBI0184
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:44:01 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
CARGO TANKS
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
CARGO TANKS
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
C SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternativelý dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in this product.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CT-1
Area: CARGO TANKS
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 250 175 4.0 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 250 175 4.0 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 350 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0173
Printed at: 09/07/02 13:17:05 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CT-2
Area: CARGO TANKS
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No.
3, BN 10, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator Rough Medium
(G). Oil and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other
contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After
blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c White 10000 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c Light red 50900 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c White 10000 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 240 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The temperature of the surface and of the paint itself must be above 10°C/50 °F.
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-76°F.
Relative humidity max. 80 %, preferably 40-60%.
Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTION for HEMPADUR 15400.
Do not put tank into service until the paint system is completely cured - consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE and APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness
under the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE
for results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1001 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0174
Printed at: 03/10/01 10:45:48 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CT-3
Area: CARGO TANKS
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to very near to white metal Sa 2½ - Sa 3. Surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or
ISO Comparator Rough Medium (G). Oil and grease must be removed with
suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water
hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives
and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Light red 50900 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The steel temperature must never drop below the limit until full curing has taken place.
The temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F, best results are obtained at 17-23°C/62-73°F.
Relative humidity max. 80 %, preferably 40-60%.
The thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT must be prereacted before application (15 minutes at 20°C/68°F), at other temperatures, please see
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS.
Keep thinnnig at an absolute minimum. Do not dilute the components separately - only the mixture.
Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTION for HEMPADUR 15500.
Resistance to the widest range of cargoes is provided by additional heat curing, see APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS and CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness
under the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE
for results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1001 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0175
Printed at: 03/10/01 10:46:12 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification CT-4
Area: CARGO TANKS
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to very near to white metal Sa 2½ - Sa 3. Surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or
ISO Comparator Rough Medium (G). Oil and grease must be removed with
suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water
hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives
and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 f/c Metal grey 19840 150 100 6.4 (X) X .019"-.023" 100 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 100 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
Curing needs minimum 65% relative humidity.
Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTION for HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700.
In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0602 Created/Last modified: 03/10/01 09:19:52 DKKBI0176
Printed at: 07/06/02 11:44:23 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
FUEL OIL TANKS, BILGES & WELLS, ETC.
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
C SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternativelý dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in these products.
HEMPADUR 15570:
Only suited for a limited number of hydralic oils. Before specifying for hydralic oil tanks obtain specification of the
hydralic oil and check with nearest Hempel office.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FT-1
Area: FUEL OIL TANKS, BILGES & WELLS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 175 125 5.6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 175 125 5.6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0177
Printed at: 09/07/02 13:14:54 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FT-2
Area: FUEL OIL TANKS, BILGES & WELLS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to minimum WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of FR-2, preferably FR-1
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved intact areas. Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 f/c Grey 12170 150 80 6.8 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 f/c Redbrown 50630 150 80 6.8 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 f/c Grey 12170 150 80 6.8 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 240 X: Recommended (X): Possible
At the freezing point and below be aware of the risk of ice on the surface, which will hinder the adhesion.
If the working procedure calls for a blast primer use HEMPADUR 15570 in 50 micron dry.
The temperature of HEMPADUR 15570 should be 15°C/60°F or above to secure proper application properties.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Before taking tank into use, allow paint film to dry and cure completely (including several days by strong ventilation).
HEMPADUR 15570 is also well suited for damp or moist surfaces.
Damp surfaces: Water is not readily detectable, but the temperature of the surface is below the dew point.
Moist surfaces: Pools of water and droplets have been removed, but there is a noticable film of water.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0178
Printed at: 09/07/02 13:12:48 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FT-3
Area: FUEL OIL TANKS, BILGES & WELLS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2½. Surface profile corresponding to Rugotest No.
3, BN 10, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or ISO Comparator Rough Medium
(G). Oil and grease must be removed with suitable detergent, salts and other
contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water hosing prior to blasting. After
blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c White 10000 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c Light red 50900 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15400 f/c White 10000 175 80 6.0 (X) X .021" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 240 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The temperature of the surface and of the paint itself must be above 10°C/50 °F.
Optimal spraying properties are obtained at paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-76°F.
Relative humidity max. 80 %, preferably 40-60%.
Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTION for HEMPADUR 15400.
Do not put tank into service until the paint system is completely cured - consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE and APPLICATION
INSTRUCTIONS.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness
under the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE
for results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1001 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0179
Printed at: 03/10/01 10:47:45 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification FT-4
Area: FUEL OIL TANKS, BILGES & WELLS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Abrasive blasting to very near to white metal Sa 2½ - Sa 3. Surface profile
corresponding to Rugotest No. 3, BN 10a, Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S, or
ISO Comparator Rough Medium (G). Oil and grease must be removed with
suitable detergent, salts and other contaminants by (high pressure) fresh water
hosing prior to blasting. After blasting, clean the surface carefully from abrasives
and dust.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water
hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again, alternatively water jetting
followed by abrasive blasting.
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Light red 50900 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15500 f/c Off-white 11630 150 100 6.8 (X) X .018"-.021" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 300 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
The steel temperature must never drop below the limit until full curing has taken place.
The temperature of the paint itself must be above 15°C/59°F, best results are obtained at 17-23°C/62-73°F.
Relative humidity max. 80 %, preferably 40-60%.
The thoroughly mixed BASE and CURING AGENT must be prereacted before application (15 minutes at 20°C/68°F), at other temperatures, please see
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS.
Keep thinnnig at an absolute minimum. Do not dilute the components separately - only the mixture.
Consult the separate APPLICATION INSTRUCTION for HEMPADUR 15500.
Resistance to the widest range of cargoes is provided by additional heat curing, see APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS and CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
In confined spaces provide adequate ventilation during application and drying.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness
under the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE
for results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1001 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0180
Printed at: 03/10/01 10:48:08 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Immersion Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
DECKHEADS, BULKHEADS IN ENGINE ROOMS, ETC.
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
ER-1
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140
40 micron / 1.6 mils
30 micron / 1.2 mils A
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 30 micron / 1.2 mils
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2 - Sa 2½, alternatively
A mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve the
performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact paint. Dust off
residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
B SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
To facilitate application in tropical areas, an alternative high temperature version with CURING AGENT 95881 may be
supplied by some factories/stocks.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ER-1
Area: DECKHEADS, BULKHEADS IN ENGINE ROOMS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 t/u Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 f/c Green 40980 75 30 15.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 100 X: Recommended (X): Possible
THINNER 08080 may be used for spray application, however, with a certain risk of wrinkling of the preceding FRESH coat of HEMPALIN.
A series of maintenance jobs may result in build up of a too high film thickness which may cause blister formation due to "entrapped" solvents. As each coat may
also retain solvents, it is generally recommended NOT to apply HEMPALIN ENAMEL 52140 in excessive film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0166
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:45:32 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ER-2
Area: DECKHEADS, BULKHEADS IN ENGINE ROOMS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Black 19990 175 125 5.6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
HEMPADUR 15130 t/u Brown 60430 175 125 5.6 (X) X .023" 200 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
HEMPADUR 15130:
The temperature of the paint itself should preferably be above 15°C/59°F. Best results are obtained at surface and paint temperatures of 15-25°C/59-77°F.
The maximum recoating interval between layers of HEMPADUR 15130 can be doubled on the condition that the coating has not been exposed to sunlight,
water/condensation, or to (other) contamination before recoating. Furthermore the surface of the first layer of HEMPADUR 15130 must be free of any exudations.
This is secured by keeping the conditions of application, drying and curing, i.e. such as ventilation, temperature, film thickness and thinning within the described
limits. Note that excessive temperatures also must be avoided.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
If the maximum recoating interval is exceeded, roughening of the surface is necessary to ensure intercoat adhesion.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0167
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:46:04 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ER-3
Area: DECKHEADS, BULKHEADS IN ENGINE ROOMS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 200 100 5.4 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 200 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0168
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:46:32 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ER-4
Area: DECKHEADS, BULKHEADS IN ENGINE ROOMS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 11480 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Pit-corroded areas may call for an extra coat to fill out pittings.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 12/07/02 12:47:29 DKKBI0182
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:49:20 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEM SELECTION
INTERIOR STEEL DECKS, ETC.
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Surface
preparation:
ID-1
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050
40 micron / 1.6 mils
40 micron / 1.6 mils A
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 30 micron / 1.2 mils
GENERAL NOTES:
SURFACE PREPARATION
Type: Description:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2 - Sa 2½,
A alternatively mechanically cleaned to St 2 - St 3. Improved surface preparation will
improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salt and other contaminants.
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 (spot
repairs) or abrasive blasted to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface
preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to
sound and intact paint. Dust off residues.
As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/
B SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound and intact
paint. Dust off residues.
On pit-corroded surfaces excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by high
pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
May be specified in another film thickness than indicated depending on purpose and area of use. This will alter
spreading rate and may influence drying time and recoating interval. Normal range is:
The natural tendency of epoxy coatings to become more sensitive to mechanical damage and chemical exposure at
elevated temperatures is also reflected in these products.
When used as a cosmetic coat light shades may, like for other epoxies, have a tendency to yellow, and to darken
when exposed to heat.
Certain lead-free red and yellow colours may discolour when exposed to chlorine-containing atmosphere.
1)
For conversion to sq.ft./US gallon please multiply by 40.74
WORKING SPECIFICATIONS
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ID-1
Area: INTERIOR STEEL DECKS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high Old intact, but exposed surface to be carefully cleaned.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants.
Rusty and damaged areas to be abrasive blasted to Sa 2-Sa 2½, alternatively
mechanically cleaned to St 2-St 3. Improved surface preparation will improve
the performance of the paint system. Feather edges to sound and intact areas.
Dust off residues.
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Green 40760 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN PRIMER 12050 t/u Red 50410 75 40 12.3 (X) (X) X .018" 150 bar
HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 f/c Red 50800 75 30 14.3 (X) X .018"-.021" 150 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 110 X: Recommended (X): Possible
Remarks:
The surface must be completely clean and dry with a temperature above to dew point to avoid condensation.
If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly over the first coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240 while still wet. (Consumption:
approximately 7,5 kg 67500 to 20 litres of paint). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
Anti-skid properties can also be attained by mixing 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres of HEMPALIN DECKPAINT 53240.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness
under the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE
for results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 1001 Created/Last modified: 08/06/99 DKKBI0169
Printed at: 03/10/01 10:44:17 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ID-2
Area: INTERIOR STEEL DECKS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 t/u Grey 12170 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 f/c Grey 11480 175 125 6.2 (X) X .017"-.023" 250 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
If a skid-proof surface is desired, sprinkle HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLINT 67500 evenly over the first coat of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 while still wet. (Consumption:
approximately 7,5 kg 67500 to 20 litres of paint). When the paint is dry, sweep up surplus grit and apply a second coat of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880.
Anti-skid properties can also be attained by mixing approximately 1.0 kg of HEMPEL'S ANTI-SLIP BEADS 67420 into 20 litres of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 04/10/01 14:07:37 DKKBI0170
Printed at: 09/07/02 13:18:40 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL'S MARINE PAINTS A/S SPECIFICATION SHEET
Project: MARINE MAINTENANCE Specification ID-3
Area: INTERIOR STEEL DECKS, ETC.
Surface preparation:
Oil and grease etc. to be removed by emulsion cleaning. Entire area to be (high As an alternative to dry cleaning, water jetting to WJ-3 to WJ-2 (NACE No.
pressure) fresh water cleaned in order to remove salts and other contaminants. 5/SSPC-SP 12), may be used. A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (Hempel
Damaged areas to be cleaned thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 standard) is acceptable before application. Feather edges to sound intact areas.
(spot-repairs) or abrasive blasting to min. Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved Dust off residues.
surface preparation will improve the performance of the paint system. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Dust off residues. On pit-corroded surfaces, excessive amounts of salt residues may call for water
jetting or wet abrasive blasting, alternatively dry abrasive blasting followed by
high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again.
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Grey 12170 225 125 4.3 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
HEMPADUR 15570 t/u Redbrown 50630 225 125 4.3 (X) X .019"-.021" 175 bar
t/u: touch up f/c: full coat Total d.f.t. 250 X: Recommended (X): Possible
The specified high film thickness can best be obtained by airless spray application. If another application method is used more applications are necessary to
achieve the specified dry film thickness.
Before recoating after exposure in contaminated environments, clean the surface thoroughly by (high pressure) fresh water hosing and allow to dry.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this painting specification represent test results or experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of the intended use is not guaranteed and must be determined by User. Manufacturer and Seller assume no liability in excess of what is stated in our GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE, DELIVERY AND SERVICE for
results obtained, injury, direct or consequential damage incurred from the use as recommended above, overleaf, or otherwise.
Hempel's Presale System 2.0 User name: Kirsten Bidstrup Quality Code: 34-11 / 0702 Created/Last modified: 12/07/02 12:50:42 DKKBI0171
Printed at: 12/07/02 12:51:04 Department name: Group TSD Centre Environment : Mild Page: 2
HEMPEL MARINE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Recommended use: For short to medium-term repair and maintenance of ballast tanks, cofferdams and
void spaces under conditions where abrasive blast cleaning is not feasible. Resistant to
cathodic protection by sacrificial anodes. Resistant to foot traffic during survey of tanks,
but not to continuous mechanical stress.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Alu-bronze/19820
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 52 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 3.0 m²/liter - 175 micron
119 sq.ft./US gallon - 7 mils
Flash point: 38°C/100°F
Specific gravity: 1.1 kg/litre - 9.2 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 10 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 16 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 375 g/litre - 3.1 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from
the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: General purpose primer for HEMPALIN systems for protection of steel in mild to medium
atmospheric corrosive environments.
Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by the Danish and German authorities
according to the Solas Convention, IMO 61 (67).
Has a Danish and German EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Green/40760 - Red/50410
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 49 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 12.3 m²/litre - 40 micron
491 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.6 mils
Flash point: 38°C/100°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 2-4 hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 410 g/litre - 3.4 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: As a versatile primer on steel and metal surfaces for HEMPALIN or HEMPATEX in mild to
medium corrosive atmospheric environment. It provides the possibility of reducing the
number of primers for maintenance.
Service temperature: Maximum, dry: 140°C/284°F (or as dictated by subsequent HEMPATEX topcoats).
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/12170 Red/51320
Finish: Flat Flat
Volume solids, %: 41 ± 1 42 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 8.2 m²/litre - 50 micron 8.4 m²/litre - 50 micron
329 sq.ft./US gallon - 2 mils 337 sq.ft./US gallon - 2 mils
Flash point: 30°C/86°F 30°C/86°F
Specific gravity: 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: ¾ (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) ¾ (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 2 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 2 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 520 g/litre - 4.3 lbs/US gallon 515 g/litre - 4.3 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®15100
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 15100 is a two-component, amine-adduct cured high build coal tar epoxy. It
CURING AGENT 95100
has excellent resistance to wear and impact as well as to sea water, waste water, fuel
oil and to aliphatic solvents and it resists spillage of mineral acids and aromatic
hydrocarbon solvents.
It has a higher resistance to elevated temperature and temperature gradients than
polyamide cured coal tar epoxies.
Recommended use: HEMPADUR 15100 is recommended for long time corrosion protection of structural
steel and concrete in severe corrosive and immersed environments. Typical areas are
steel buried in aggressive soil, pipelines of steel and concrete, tanks containing fuel or
lubrication oil, drill water, drill mud, warm water (see below) or steel and concrete in
sewage treatment plants.
Service temperatures: Dry: In water (maximum temperature gradient 35°C/63°F):
Maximum: 100°C/212°F 90°C/194°F
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Black/19990 Brown/60420
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume Solids, %: 55 ± 1 55 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 2.8 m²/litre - 200 micron 2.8 m²/litre - 200 micron
110 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils 110 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils
Flash point: 13°C/56°F 13°C/56°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon 1.4 kg/litre - 11.4 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 6 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 6 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 390 g/litre - 3.2 lbs/US gallon 390 - 3.2 lbs US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 10°C/50°F 10°C/50°F
Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions,
mechanical stirring may be necessary before usage.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®15130
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 15130 is a two-component, polyamide cured coal tar epoxy which provides
a very hardwearing coating, highly resistant to seawater and mineral oils. Limited
CURING AGENT 95140
Product HEMPADUR®15400
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 15400 is a two-component, amine adduct cured epoxy paint, which cures to
a coating with excellent resistance to a wide range of chemicals as tabulated in
CURING AGENT 95100
Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of U.S. Federal Regulations in respect of carriage of dry
and wet foodstuffs.
Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating.
Approved by Kuwaiti, Chinese and Norwegian authorities for fresh water tanks.
Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health,
Great Britain.
Tested for non-toxicity of welding fumes by the Danish Welding Institute.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: White/10000 - Light red/50900
Finish: Semi-flat
Volume solids, %: 48 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 6.0 m²/litre - 80 micron
241 sq.ft./US gallon - 3.2 mils
Flash point: 26°C/79°F
Specific gravity: 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 3 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 8-10 hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 465 g/litre - 3.9 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 10°C/50°F
Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions,
mechanical stirring may be necessary before usage.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
HEMPADUR 15400
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®15400
15400: BASE 15409 with CURING AGENT 95100
15402: BASE 15409 with CURING AGENT 95990
Scope: These application instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and
application of HEMPADUR 15400 as a tank coating.
The following are general rules, which may be supplemented with more detailed
descriptions when needed, for instance Page
for major newbuildings/new constructions or
extensive repair jobs.
Steel work: All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint
system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in weldings seams, undercuts, cracks,
etc. should be avoided. If found, they must be remedied by welding and/or grinding.
All sharp edges must be removed or rounded off in such a way that the specified film
thickness can be build-up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be
approximately 1-2 mm.
The steel must be of first class quality and should not have been allowed to rust more
than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. Any laminations must be removed.
All steel work (including welding, flamecutting, grinding) must be finished before the
surface preparation starts.
Surface preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil, grease, salts and other
contamination with a suitable detergent followed by (high pressure) fresh water hosing.
Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing of
tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. Control for
absence of contamination according to separate guidelines.
On repair jobs, a rough blasting to remove all loosely adhering materials may be
required before degreasing/washing is carried out.
Old steel: Even after a very thorough tank cleanings, pits may typically contain
contamination in the form of remnants of old cargoes as well as water soluble salts. For
this reason, repeated detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary:
After the first blasting, a very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if
any "cargo bleeding" occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts are made.
Reference is made to separate instructions. Special care should be taken in evaluating
pitted areas.
To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the
steel surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1: 1988, Sa 2½.
The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10,
Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min. 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G).
Use steel grit, aluminium silicate or similar sharp-edged abrasives of a good quality free
of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for possible contamination
according to separate guidelines.
Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2 - 1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4 - 1.8 mm will
usually create the desired surface profile when the air pressure measured at the nozzle
is 6 - 7 bar/85 -100 psi.
HEMPADUR 15400
The compressed air must be dry and clean. The compressor must be fitted with suitable
oil and water traps.
When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum
cleaning. Abrasive particles not removed by vacuum cleaning are to be removed by
brushing with clean brushes followed by vacuum cleaning.
The importance of systematic working must be stressed when blasting. Poorly blasted
areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection made
after the rough cleaning.
Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surface preparation are more detailed described
in HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work.
Application equipment: HEMPADUR 15400 is to be applied by airless spray equipment. Stripe coating and
minor repairs can be carried out by brushing.
Airless spray equipment: A large pump is preferred, with a pump capacity of 8-12
litres/minute.
Thinning: If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to dust-spray will
require more thinning eg at higher temperatures. Thinning should only be at the
required level to avoid possible risk of solvent entrapment.
Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment to be cleaned thoroughly with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610
after use.
Mixing, pot life: a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is
necessary to mix smaller portions, this must be done properly by either weighing
base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 87 parts by weight of base
and 13 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 4.0 parts by volume base and
1.0 parts by volume curing agent.
b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a
homogeneous mixture is obtained.
c. Allow the mixed paint to pre-react before application, see table below.
d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the
temperature of the paint as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can):
1) At paint temperatures below 15°C/59°F the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application.
2) Temperatures at 30°C/86°F and above should be avoided due to an enhanced risk of dry-spray and poor film
formation.
HEMPADUR 15400
Application procedure: The first full coat is usually applied immediately after vacuum cleaning. The first stripe
coat afterwards. The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between
240-500 micron.
The wet film thickness must be 175-200 micron and must be measured regularly.
Page
The paint layer must be applied homogeneously and as close to the specification as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled and heavy layers must be
avoided because of the risk of sags and cracks and solvent retention.
Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of
stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, must be remedied.
Note: In the case of old, pit-corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is
recommended to obtain better "penetration" in the fine pits. For this purpose, it is
relevant to dilute approximately 10%. Application by brush is recommended and film
thickness so low that the surface is "saturated" only.
Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application should be stripe coated twice by
brushing. The first stripe coat is applied either before or after the first full coat. The
second stripe coat is most typically applied after the second full coat. Which procedure
to follow depends on the actual working conditions. A sprayed coat using small spray
nozzles with a narrow angle may substitute the second brush-applied stripe coat,
however, lightening holes and similar, plus possible undercuts and similar will still
demand brush- applied stripe coating.
Micro climate: The actual climate conditions at the substrate during application:
The minimum surface temperature is 10°C/50°F when using CURING AGENT 95100,
5°C/41°F when using CURING AGENT 95990.
The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb, a steel
temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe.
In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and
drying to assist the evaporation of solvent.
HEMPADUR 15400
Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 80 micron, with a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F, a relative
ventilation: air humidity of maximum 80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 15400 will be dry
to touch after 8-10 hours. For similar drying conditions, the paint film will accept light
traffic after approximately 24 hours.
A good guideline for tank coating work is to ventilate to a calculated 10% of LEL during
application and until the coating is dry.
One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 15400 gives off in total 123 litres solvent vapour until it
is completely dry. Page
Because solvent vapours are heavier than atmospheric air, effective ventilation requires
forced ventilation with exhaust from the lowest part of the tank.
During the following period until full curing a few air shifts per hour will suffice. Take
actions to avoid "pockets" of stagnant air.
Curing time: Provided that adequate ventilation, recommended relative humidity, specified film
thickness, and recommended minimum recoating interval are kept, the following curing
times are valid:
Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity the following
recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid:
HEMPADUR 15400
The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exceed 80%
and the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum
3°C/5°F above the dew point.
The maximum intervals assume that the film formation is of good quality and without dry
spray and that no kind of surface contamination exists except contamination which can
be removed completely by vacuum cleaning. Furthermore, the coating must not have
been exposed to direct sunlight for more than maximum 2 days.
Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the
paint application work: paint and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate
stagings, spraying equipment and methods.
Page
Hold the spray gun at a right angle to and about 30-50 cm/1-1½ foot from the surface
making even parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as
per specification.
Avoid dry spray (overspray creating excessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan
angle, and the lowest possible pressure. A small fan angle should also be used, if
spray application is used, for "stripe coating" of for instance reverse sides of stiffeners.
Each layer must be applied homogeneously and as near above the specification of 80
micron dry film thickness as possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled,
and heavy layers must be avoided because of the risk of sagging, cracks and solvent
retention.
If sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care must
be taken to avoid damage of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical means
only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet, avoid
sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous surface without pores, runners or
contamination of any kind.
For the standard specification following applies to the dry film thickness:
The minimum dry film thickness is 240 micron, the maximum thickness to be aimed at
is approximately 500 micron. The minimum dry film thickness is evaluated according to
the "80-20" rule, i.e. no more than 20% of the total number of individual measurements
must be lower than the minimum dry film thickness, and the lowest individual
measurement must be at least 80% of the minimum dry film thickness, ie 192 micron.
Dry film thickness control is not to be carried out within the first 24 hours after
application of final coat (20°C, sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried
out using an electromagnetic dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a
smooth steel substrate. The maximum dry film thickness can be evaluated according to
the "80-20" rule.
Repair shall be started up as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc.
must take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which
shall be adjusted to the touch-up procedure.
It is important that the repaired areas, as well as the rest of the coated areas, are fully
cured before the tank is taken into use or washed by the tank cleaning system.
The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a sea water test. Wash the
tanks with clean sea water by means of the tank cleaning machines until profiles
and/or heating coils on tanktop is covered. Allow the water to stay for minimum 3 days,
after which period the tank is emptied and cleaned with clean fresh water to remove
salts.
HEMPADUR 15400
The repair process: General: Before mechanical treatment is started, surfaces to be repaired have to be
cleaned for any salts and other contamination.
Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats of HEMPADUR 15400.
Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats or by spray 3 coats
HEMPADUR 15400.
Areas more than 1 square metre or areas where several damaged spots are
concentrated.
Treatment: Repeat the original specification.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended
Issued: March use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
2002
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®15500
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 15500 is a two-component, amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy (novolac)
CURING AGENT 97580
paint, which cures to a coating with excellent resistance to a wide range of chemicals
as tabulated in separate CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE.
Recommended use: As a tank lining.
Service temperatures: Dry: In seawater (no temperature gradient):
Maximum: 160°C/320°F 50°C/122°F
Wet service temperatures, other liquids:
Consult the corresponding CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE.
Certificates/Approvals: Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping and Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia, as
a recognized corrosion control coating.
Approved for potable water by Water Research Centre, Great Britain and by Italian
authorities.
Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of
carriage of foodstuffs (FDA) for tanks larger than 2006 m³/530,000 US gallon.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630 - Light red/50900
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 68 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 6.8 m²/litre - 100 micron
273 sq.ft./US gallon - 4 mils
Flash point: 26°C/79°F
Specific gravity: 1.7 kg/litre - 14.2 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 2-3 hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 6 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 10 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 325 g/litre - 2.7 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 10°C/50°F
Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions,
mechanical stirring may be necessary before usage.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/7
HEMPADUR 15500
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®15500
CURING AGENT 97580
Scope: These application instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and
application of HEMPADUR 15500 as a tank coating.
The following are general rules, which may be supplemented with more detailed
descriptions when needed, for instance for major newbuildings/new constructions or
extensive repair jobs. Page
Steel work: All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint
system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in weldings seams, undercuts, cracks,
etc. should be avoided. If found, they must be remedied by welding and/or grinding.
All sharp edges must be removed or rounded off in such a way that the specified film
thickness can be build-up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be
minimum 2 mm.
The steel must be of first class quality and should not have been allowed to rust more
than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. Any laminations must be removed.
All steel work (including welding, flamecutting, grinding) must be finished before the
surface preparation starts.
Surface preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil, grease, salts and other
contamination with a suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water hosing.
Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing of
tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes.
On repair jobs, a rough blasting to remove all loosely adhering materials may be required
before degreasing/washing is carried out.
Old steel: Even after a very thorough tank cleanings, pits may typically contain
contamination in the form of remnants of old cargoes as well as water soluble salts. For
this reason, repeated detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After
the first blasting, a very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any
"cargo bleeding" occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to
separate instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas
- ask for special guidelines.
To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the
steel surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1:1988, very near
to white metal Sa 2½-Sa 3. In practice, this requirement is to be understood as white
metal Sa 3 at the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows a slight reduction at the
moment of paint application.
The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10,
Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min. 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G).
Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality free
of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for possible contamination
according to separate guidelines.
HEMPADUR 15500
In case steel grit is used this must furthermore be controlled so that a proper grain size
distribution is maintained.
Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2 - 1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4 - 1.8 mm will
usually create the desired surface profile when the air pressure measured at the nozzle
is 6 - 7 bar/85 -100 psi.
The compressed air must be dry and clean. The compressor must be fitted with suitable
oil and water traps.
When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum
cleaning. Abrasive particles not removed by vacuum cleaning are to be removed by
brushing with clean brushes followed by vacuum cleaning.
Page
The importance of systematic working must be stressed when blasting. Poorly blasted
areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection made after
the rough cleaning.
However, if the steel is shopprimed with zinc, it is very important that all zinc is removed
by abrasive blast cleaning. Separate check procedures will be necessary to demonstrate
the effectiveness of removal. More blast cleaning may be deemed necessary! Use of a
red zinc shopprimer will facilitate the visual check of the blast cleaning and is
considered necessary in order to obtain an acceptable surface preparation.
Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surface preparation are more detailed described
in HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work.
Application equipment: HEMPADUR 15500 is to be applied by airless spray equipment. Stripe coating and minor
repairs can be carried out by brushing.
Airless spray equipment: A large pump is preferred, with a pump capacity of 8-12
litres/minute.
Thinning: If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to dry-spray will
require more thinning eg at higher temperatures. Thinning should only be at the required
level to avoid possible risk of solvent entrapment.
Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment to be cleaned thoroughly with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610
after use.
Mixing, pot life: a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is
necessary to mix smaller portions, this must be done properly by either weighing
base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 93.8 parts by weight of base
and 6.2 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 8.9 parts by volume base
and 1.1 parts by volume curing agent.
b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a
homogeneous mixture is obtained.
c. Allow the mixed paint to prereact before application, see table below.
HEMPADUR 15500
d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the
temperature of the paint as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can):
1) At 15°C/59°F and below, the viscosity can be too high for airless spray application.
2) Temperatures at 30°C/86°F and above should be avoided due to a risk of dry-spray.
Application procedure: The first full coat is usually applied immediately after vacuum cleaning. The first stripe
coat afterwards.
It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, ie not too big. Select small nozzles
for spray application of complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for
regular surfaces.
A proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm, should be aimed
at. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and
the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working
temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid dry-spray.
The paint layer must be applied homogenously and as close to the specification as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled and heavy layers must be
avoided because of the risk of sags and cracks and solvent retention.
Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners
etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, must be remedied.
Note: In the case of old, pit corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is
recommended to obtain better "penetration" in the fine pits. For this purpose, it is
relevant to dilute 5-10%. Application by brush is recommended and film thickness so low
that the surface is "saturated" only.
Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application should be stripe coated twice by
brushing immediately before the spray application. Typically, first stripe coat is applied
after the first full coat and the second stripe coat after the second full coat.
The second stripe coat with brush can be replaced with spray application with a small
narrow nozzle, but still air slots and similar and possible undercuts (welds) and the like
will require brush application.
Film thicknesses: The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between 300-600 micron
(max. 450 micron below 15°C)/12-24 mils (max. 18 mils below 59°F).
Corresponding to 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, the wet film thickness must be
150-175 micron/6-7 mils and must be measured regularly.
Normally up to 200 micron/8 mils per coat may be accepted for 100 micron/4 mils
specifications, but at temperatures below 15°C/59°F, it is important not to exceed a
dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils in any area.
HEMPADUR 15500
Micro climate: The actual climate conditions at the substrate during application:
In case of steel temperatures lower than 10°C/50°F there is a severe risk of incomplete
curing, resulting in a too open film with reduced chemical resistance.
Furthermore, the steel temperature should be kept reasonably constant - within the
range of ± 3°C/5°F is recommended. Any changes of the outside temperature should
therefore be carefully monitored and heating equipment calibrated accordingly.
A sudden drop of the steel temperature shortly after application will result in solvent
entrapment and will cause a dry film containing vacuoles, ie resulting in reduced
performance.
The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb, a steel
temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe. The relative
humidity shall preferably be 40-60%, maximum 80%.
In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and
drying to assist the evaporation of solvent.
Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 100 micron/4 mils, with a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F, a
ventilation: relative air humidity of maximum 80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 15500 will
be dry to touch after 4-6 hours. Under these drying conditions, the paint film will accept
light traffic after approximately 16 hours.
A good guideline for tank coating work is to ventilate to a calculated 10% of LEL during
application and until the coating is dry.
One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 15500 gives off in total 82 litres solvent vapour until it is
completely dry.
Because solvent vapours are heavier than atmospheric air, effective ventilation requires
forced ventilation with exhaust from the lowest part of the tank.
During the following period until full curing a few air shifts per hour will suffice. Take
actions to avoid "pockets" of stagnant air.
HEMPADUR 15500
Curing time: Provided that adequate ventilation, recommended relative humidity, specified film
thickness, and recommended minimum recoating interval are kept, the following curing
times are valid:
*Avoid application at elevated temperatures to avoid dry-spray and poor film formation.
Post curing: Postcuring must take place within 3 months after final acceptance of the
coating/delivery of the vessel.
Postcuring is accomplished by carrying a hot cargo of mineral lube oil, vegetable oil or
animal oil at 60°C/140°F for 5 days or at
Page
50°C/122°F for 10 days.
Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity the following
recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid:
Minimum after the first coat 90 hours 60 hours 36 hours 24 hours 18 hours
after the second coat 60 hours 40 hours 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours
Maximum: 47 days 34 days 21 days 16 days 14 days
The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exceed 80%
and the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum
3°C/5°F above the dew point.
Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the paint
paint application work: and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate
stagings, spraying equipment and methods.
Hold spray gun at a right angle to and about 30-50 cm from surface making even
parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as per
specification.
Avoid dry spray (overspray creating excessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan
angle, and the lowest possible pressure. A small fan angle should also be used, if spray
application is used, for "stripe coating" of for instance reverse sides of stiffeners.
Each layer must be applied homogeneously and as near above the specification of 100
micron/4 mils dry film thickness, as possible. The consumption of paint must be
controlled, and heavy layers must be avoided because of the risk of sagging, cracks and
solvent retention.
If a sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care
must be taken to avoid damage of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical
means only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet,
avoid sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous surface without pores, runners or
contamination of any kind.
HEMPADUR 15500
Control of For the standard specification the following applies to the dry film thickness:
dry film thicknesses:
The minimum dry film thickness is 300 micron/12 mils, the maximum thickness is
approximately 600 micron/24 mils (below 15°C/59°F: 450 micron/18 mils). The
minimum dry film thickness is evaluated according to the "80-20" rule, ie no more than
20% of the total number of individual measurements must be lower than the minimum
dry film thickness, and the lowest individual measurement must be at least 80% of the
minimum dry film thickness, ie 240 micron/9.6 mils. Dry film thickness control is not to
be carried out within the first 24 hours after application of final coat (20°C/68°F,
sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried out using an electromagnetic
dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a smooth steel substrate. The
maximum dry film thickness can also be evaluated according to the "80-20" rule.
Taking into use: Do not use the tank before the coating is properly cured. Reference is made to curing
Page
time on page 5.
Repair must be started up as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc.
must take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which
shall be adjusted to the touch-up procedure.
It is important that the repaired areas, as well as the rest of the coated areas, are fully
cured before the tank is taken into use or washed by the tank cleaning system.
The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a seawater test. Wash the
tanks with clean seawater by means of the tank cleaning machines until profiles and/or
heating coils on tanktop is covered. Allow the water to stay for minimum 3 days, after
which period the tank is emptied and cleaned with clean fresh water to remove salts.
The repair process: General: Before mechanical treatment is started, surfaces to be repaired have to be
cleaned for any salts and other contamination.
The surface preparation can be executed by grinding to a clean rough metal surface,
feathering edges of intact coating and slightly sanding the adjacent surface.
Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats of HEMPADUR 15500.
Areas up to 1 sq.m.
The surface preparation must be executed by vacuum blasting or open nozzle blasting
so that the steel has a proper roughness and a cleanness to Sa 3 according to ISO
8501:1988. The overlapping zone must be sanded or sweep blasted to ensure a good
adhesion of the new paint.
Touch-up by brush to full film thickness with minimum 4 coats or by spray 3 coats
HEMPADUR 15500.
Areas more than 1 sq.m. or areas where several damaged spots are concentrated.
HEMPADUR 15500
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Page
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended
Issued: use2002
February of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®15570
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 15570 is a two component, polyamide-adduct cured epoxy paint, which
cures to a strong and highly corrosion resistant coating, at temperatures down to
CURING AGENT 95570
-10°C/14°F. The Micaceous Iron Oxide pigmented light grey 12430 quality is also well
suited for application under humid conditions, on damp steel surfaces, and may be
applied on moist surfaces.
Recommended use: 1. As a maintenance and repair primer, intermediate, and/or finishing coat in
HEMPADUR systems in severely corrosive environment. As a finishing coat where
a cosmetic appearance is of less importance.
2. As a low temperature curing epoxy primer, intermediate, and/or finishing coat in
paint systems according to specification. Well suited as a (blast) primer in coal tar
epoxy systems.
Service temperatures: Dry: Maximum 140°C/284°F
Ballast water service: Resists normal ambient temperatures at sea*
Other water service: 40°C/104°F (no temperature gradient)
Other liquids: Contact HEMPEL
*Avoid long-term exposure to negative temperature gradients.
Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargoes at the Newcastle Occupational Health,
Great Britain.
Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Light grey/12430* (MIO) - Red/50630*
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 54 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 5.4 m²/litre - 100 micron
217 sq.ft./US gallon - 4 mils
Flash point: 25°C/77°F
Specific gravity: 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 3-4 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 430 g/litre - 3.6 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: -10°C/14°F
*Another shade: grey 12170 may be available according to assortment list.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting specification Segment: Specification nos:
references: Marine maintenance BAC-7, BT-6, DC-5, DC-6, ER-3, ID-3, FT-2
Marine newbuilding BT-2, DC-5, ER-4, FT-2, -3, ID-2, SST-3, TS-3
Note: HEMPADUR 15570 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Issued: October 2001 - 1557012430CO007
HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/2
HEMPADUR 15570
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®15570
CURING AGENT 95570
Physical data Drying time and recoating interval vary with film thickness, temperature and later
versus temperature: exposure conditions, thus: In-field application:
(100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness of HEMPADUR 15570)
Page
Surface temperature -10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 30°C/86°F
Atmospheric
Medium 90 days 45 days 20 days 10 days 5 days
Severe 27 days 14 days 6 days 3 days 1½ days
HEMPADUR 15570
Workshop application:
(75 micron/3 mils dry film thickness of HEMPADUR 15570)
Surface temperature 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 30°C/86°F
Any degraded surface layer, as a result of a long exposure period, must be removed
as well. Water jetting may be relevant to remove any degraded surface layer and may
also replace the above-mentioned cleaning methods when properly executed. Consult
HEMPEL for specific advice if in doubt.
To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be
relevant.
The short minimum recoating intervals when overcoated with 46330, 46370, 46410
and 58030, HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE in case of workshop application, are only
possible if the finished paint system is through dry before exposure to the environment.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are suppliedAugust
Issued: and all2000
technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from
the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Certificates/Approvals: Certificated by Scientific & Technical Services to comply with the requirements of low
moisture fats and oil according to FDA.
Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a recognized corrosion control coating.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Metal grey/19840
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 64 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 12.8 m²/litre - 50 micron
513 sq.ft./US gallon - 2 mils
Flash point: 14°C/57°F
Specific gravity: 2.65 kg/litre - 22.1 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 30 (approx.) min. at 20°C/68°F (65-75% RH)
Fully cured: 3 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F (65-75% RH)
V.O.C.: 535 g/litre - 4.5 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: -10°C/14°F
Shelf life: 1 year (25°C/77°F) from time of production.
Shelf life is dependent on storage temperature. Shelf life is reduced at storage
temperatures above 25°C/77°F. Do not store above 40°C/104°F.
Shelf life is exceeded if the liquid is gelled or if the mixed product forms gels before
application.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting specification Segment: Specification no.:
references: Marine maintenance/newbuilding: CT-4/BT-7, CH-8, -9, CT-4, DC-7, -8, -9, SST-7, TS-9
Note: HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and paint
containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or national
safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do not
swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Issued: March 2003 - 1570019840CO026
HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to applicable Product Data
Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience obtained under
controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under the actual conditions of any
intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all
technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability,
including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/8
HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL®15700
Scope: These application instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and
application of HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700.
The following are general rules, which may be supplemented with more detailed
descriptions when needed, for instance for major newbuildings/new constructions or
extensive repair jobs.
Page
Steel work: For optimum performance, eg relevant for cargo tank coating, the following is
recommended:
All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint
system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in weldings seams, undercuts, cracks,
etc. should be avoided. If found, they must be remedied by welding and/or grinding.
All sharp edges must be removed or rounded off in such a way that the specified film
thickness can be build-up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be
approximately 1-2 mm. Any laminations must be removed.
The steel must be of first class quality and should not have been allowed to rust more
than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988.
Note: Porous surfaces such as certain types of cast iron cannot be properly protected
with zinc silicate. Deeply corroded steel may also be difficult to protect with a zinc
silicate.
All steel work (including welding, flamecutting, grinding) must be finished before the
surface preparation starts.
Surface preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil, grease, salts and other
contamination with a suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water hosing.
Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing of
tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes. Control for absence
of contamination according to separate guidelines.
On repair jobs, a rough blasting to remove all loosely adhering materials may be required
before degreasing/washing is carried out.
Old steel: Even after a very thorough cleaning, pits may typically contain contamination
in the form of remnants of chemicals/water soluble salts. For this reason, repeated
detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After the first blasting, a
very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any "chemical bleeding"
occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to separate
instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas - ask for
special guidelines.
To obtain full chemical resistance according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE, the steel
surface must be abrasive blast cleaned according to ISO 8501-1:1988, very near to
white metal Sa 2½-Sa 3. In practice, this requirement is to be understood as white
metal Sa 3 at the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows for a slight reduction at the
moment of paint application.
The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10a,
Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G).
Note: A lower surface profile than specified will cause reduced adhesion and increased
tendency to mud cracking.
Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality
free of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for absence of contamination
according to separate guidelines.
Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2-1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4-1.8 mm will
usually create the desired surface profile when the air pressure measured at the nozzle
is 6-7 bar/85-100 psi. Page
The compressed air must be dry and clean. The compressor must be fitted with suitable
oil and water traps.
When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum
cleaning. Abrasive particles not removed by vacuum cleaning are to be removed by
brushing with clean brushes followed by vacuum cleaning.
The importance of systematic working must be stressed when blasting. Poorly blasted
areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection made after
the rough cleaning.
Old tank coatings: Must be completely removed. If the steel is pit corroded, the above
guidelines for "Old steel" must be followed.
Shopprimed surfaces: When shoppriming is required only zinc silicate shopprimer such
as HEMPEL’S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 may be used and preferably in a reddish shade.
Before recoating with GALVOSIL 15700, intact shopprimer must be abrasive grit swept in
order to obtain specified roughness. A uniform sweep blasting is required, removing
minimum 70% of the shopprimer followed by vacuum cleaning to remove accumulated
dirt and zinc salts and to ensure adhesion.
Welds, rusty spots, burned areas, and all areas with other types of shopprimers than
zinc silicates of a type like HEMPEL'S SHOPPRIMER ZS 15890 must be completely
abrasive grit blasted as described above.
Application equipment: GALVOSIL 15700 can be applied by conventional spray equipment (pressure pot type),
airless spray equipment, or by brush.
Hoses should be as short as possible, preferably not longer than 10 metres/30 feet.
The pressure pot must be placed at the same level as or at a higher level than the spray
gun when spraying, owing to the weight of the material. Alternatively a piston-pump (e.g.
10:1) may be used instead of the pressure pot. This will facilitate the use of longer
hoses or having the spray gun at a higher level than the pump.
With conventional spray application regulation of the pot and the atomizing air pressures
can be made as follows:
2. Regulate the pressure in the pot so that the material reaches approximately 60
cm/20" horizontally out from the gun before falling to the ground.
Airless spray equipment: A large, slow-working pump is preferred, e.g 30:1, with a pump
capacity of 8-12 litres/minute. The in-line filter should be 60 mesh.
Page
Gaskets: Teflon
Nozzle orifice: .019" through .023".
Fan angle: 40° through 70°.
Nozzle pressure: 100-150 bar (1400-2100 psi).
Thinning: The amount of thinning necessary will depend upon prevailing conditions: Temperature,
humidity, wind/ventilation, method of spraying, spray equipment, etc.
In the case of a high level of thinning and/or long stops in application, the mixed paint
must be recirculated to avoid settlement of zinc particles in the spray hoses.
The coating must be wet and smooth just after application. Besides correct spray
technique, the amount of thinner added must be selected securing this optimum film
formation.
Too little thinning will typically lead to dry-spray and too much thinning to sagging and
settling of zinc particles in the can or in the spray hoses.
Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment must be cleaned thoroughly with THINNER 08700 after use.
In the case of short stops, prevent packing of zinc around the needle by placing the
spray gun in THINNER 08700 and let some air pass the spray gun. In the case of longer
stops, clean the spray gun with THINNER 08700.
Mixing: a. Do not open packings until immediately before use. The entire content of the two
packings must be used for each batch to ensure a correct mixture. Left-overs in
the packings cannot be used later. Protect the ZINC DUST against moisture
before mixing.
b. Before mixing, shake or stir the GALVOSIL 15709 LIQUID very thoroughly.
c. Pour the ZINC DUST slowly down into the LIQUID with constant mechanical
stirring. Do not mix in the reverse order. Continue stirring until the mixture is free
of lumps.
d. Strain the mixture through a screen, 60 - 80 mesh (250 - 160 DIN Norm. 4188).
Temperature of paint: In a hot climate it is important that the cans with LIQUID are kept out of the sun and that
the temperature of the liquid is kept below 30°C/86°F in order to avoid excessive dry
spray.
Besides correct spray technique the amount of thinner added must be carefully adjusted
to secure optimum film formation. The coating must be wet and smooth just after
application. It is important to avoid dry-spraying.
Select small nozzles (small orifice and small fan angle) for spray application of
complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for regular surfaces.
The wet film thickness must be checked immediately after application, but it can only be
used as a rough guidance because of the fast drying.
Page
Application procedure, When used as a tank coating, HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is normally specified in
tank coating: 1 x 100 micron/1 x 4 mils - minimum 80 micron/3.2 mils, maximum 150 micron/6 mils.
To achieve a correct film formation within these limits, it is recommended to apply two
coats "wet-in-almost-dry":
Apply one coat and apply the second coat within 15-30 minutes before the first coat has
turned grey but is still dark.
Too high film thicknesses on welds in corners must be smoothened by a flat brush,
approximately 1" wide.
Poor film formation of a one-coat tank coating system like HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700
may result in immediate failure.
After vacuum cleaning as necessary, the smoothened areas are applied a thin coat of
HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 achieved by using 20-25% thinning.
Note: If working conditions ask for it some hours may elapse between the first and the
second coat provided that the relative humidity is kept constantly low, but it is
recommended to finalize the application as soon as possible and within the same
working shift.
Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application must be stripe coated with a
brush immediately before or after the spray application
Microclimate: The actual climatic conditions at the substrate during application and until acceptance:
The steel temperature must be above the dewpoint. As a rule of thumb a steel
temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dewpoint can be considered safe.
In confined spaces, supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and drying
to assist the evaporation of solvent. All surfaces must be ventilated. However, avoid
ventilators blowing directly onto the freshly applied paint.
Drying and curing, Correct film formation depends on an adequate ventilation during drying.
ventilation:
A good guideline for tank coating work is to ventilate to a calculated 10% of LEL during
application and until the coating is dry.
One litre undiluted HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 gives off in total 160 litres solvent
vapour until it is completely dry.
Page
Because solvent vapours are heavier than atmospheric air, effective ventilation requires
forced ventilation with exhaust from the lowest part of the tank.
During the following period until full curing a few air shifts per hour will suffice. Take
actions to avoid "pockets" of stagnant air.
It is recommended to keep the relative humidity low during application and drying.
Thereafter, let the relative humidity raise by "natural means", i.e. the dehumidifiers are
notched off and normal ventilation used. However, it is recommended to let
dehumidifiers run until dry film thicknesses have been checked - and if needed - rectified
by an extra paint application.
The relative humidity should be minimum 65% - and the minimum temperature
-10°C/14°F - during the period of curing. Hosing down of tanks can support curing, but
should if possible await the state of "near to complete" curing - please see below.
The coating will resist light showers after 1-2 hours at 20°C/68°F and 75% relative
humidity. Curing may be promoted at low humidity by hosing down the surface with water
4 hours after application and keeping the surface constantly wet until curing is complete.
If salt water is used, rinse with fresh water if the surface is to be overcoated.
State of curing: Can be checked by rubbing the coating with a rag soaked in THINNER 08700. If the
coating remains unaffected, state of curing is sufficient for recoating with other paint
materials (when used as a cargo tank coating this state of curing may be described as
"near to complete").
Before tanks are taken into use, the coating must be completely through-cured. This
is secured by low pressure hosing/washing the tanks with (fresh) water 2-3 times
after the above described condition of "near to complete curing" has been obtained.
By using the tank washing equipment, the normal ½ hour cycle is applied with half a
day to one day between washings. Let the tanks remain wet between the washing.
The coating will now be fully resistant according to the CARGO PROTECTION GUIDE,
but as long as the porosities are not yet filled with zinc salts, absorption of cargoes
will take place, maybe making cleaning more difficult.
Curing may also be checked by scraping with e.g. a knife or a coin which shall produce a
bright mark leaving some loosened zinc dust but no irregular detachment.
Recommended For long time protection, when topcoated with heavy-duty systems:
film thickness: 50 micron/2 mils dry; 75 micron/3 mils wet, (undiluted).
In tanks: 100 micron/4 mils dry; 150 micron/6 mils wet, (undiluted), may be specified.
For a tank coating specification the film thickness should be controlled according to the
80-20 rule, ie 80% of the dry film thickness measurements must be equal to or greater
than the specified film thickness (100 micron/4 mils) and of those below the specified
film thickness, no measurements must be lower than 80% of the 100 micron/4 mils.
For narrow frames, girders and similar areas not being very accessible the film thickness
could be controlled according to the 70-30 rule,
Too high dry film thickness, ie above approximately 150 micron/6 mils dry, should be
avoided due to the risk of mud cracking or peeling. Please observe that according to
accepted rules of measuring "a measurement" is to be the mean of three single point
measurements taken in a close vicinity.
Note: Special care is necessary to ensure proper film thickness on welding seams,
edges, corners, ribs, etc.
Extra coat (by itself): Too low film thickness can be made good by applying an extra coat of HEMPEL'S
GALVOSIL 15700. Surface preparation procedure - if necessary - and dilution of paint
according to page 4 "Application procedure, tank coating".
The maximum interval for applying an extra coat is 7 days provided that the relative
humidity is kept below 60%, absolute maximum is 65%, all the time until recoating and
that the painted surface is not exposed to open weather, contamination of the like.
50 2 12.8 513
75 3 8.5 342
100 4 6.4 257
50 2 7.1 285
75 3 4.7 190
100 4 3.6 143
Recoating interval HEMPEL’S GALVOSIL 15700 must be fully cured before recoating with a full paint
(other paints): system. By recoating with sealer in 25 micron/1 mil only, the interval can be reduced to
eg 24 hours at 20°C/68°F and 65-75% RH provided that the following coats are applied
after HEMPEL'S GALVOSIL 15700 is fully cured.
Topcoating procedure: Non-weathered zinc silicate coatings are porous and popping may occur in the
subsequent coat(s).
Some of HEMPEL's products will substantially reduce the risk of popping when applied
directly on top of the zinc silicate. See painting specification.
Advanced paint systems are recommended for topcoating, e.g. HEMPADUR qualities.
Surface cleaning: The cleaning before topcoating depends on the condition of the surface:
1. Intact zinc silicate surface with sporadic formation of “white rust” (zinc corrosion
products).
b. Remove "white rust" by high pressure fresh water cleaning 200-350 bar
(2900-5000 psi) at a nozzle-to-surface distance of 15-20 cm (6-8").
2. Zinc silicate surface with extreme formation of “white rust” which cannot be
removed as described above.
c. Restore the zinc layer with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or zinc
epoxy (HEMPADUR ZINC).
d. Restore the zinc layer with any solvent borne GALVOSIL quality or zinc
epoxy (HEMPADUR ZINC).
Page
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended
Issued: use2002
February of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from
the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: As a "V.O.C.-compliant", versatile, long-term primer on steel for epoxy, vinyl and acrylic
coating systems in medium to severely corrosive environments.
Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 160°C/320°F, however, depending on the subsequent coat.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Red-grey/19830
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 65 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 13.0 m²/litre - 50 micron
521 sq.ft./S gallon - 2 mils
Flash point: 24°C/75°F
Specific gravity: 2.7 kg/litre - 22.5 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: ½ (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 335 g/litre - 2.8 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: -10°C/14°F
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®17630/
Data
Description:
HEMPADUR®17633
Medium to high temperatures: 17630 with CURING AGENT 97330
Low to medium temperatures: 17633 with CURING AGENT 98420
HEMPADUR 17630/17633 is a two-component, high-build, polyamide adduct-cured epoxy
paint which cures to a hard and tough coating with good resistance to abrasion, seawater
and crude oil.
Recommended use: As a selfprimed coating for ballast water tanks and similar. As a primer for epoxy
systems for atmospheric or in-water service. Suitable for application down to -10°C/14°F.
HEMPADUR 17633 is intended for use in cold/temperate climates, HEMPADUR 17630 is
intended for use in temperate to warm climates.
Service temperatures: Dry: Maximum 120°C/248°F
Ballast water service: Resists normal ambient temperatures at sea*
Other water service: 40°C/104°F (no temperature gradient)
Other liquids: Contact HEMPEL
*Avoid long-term exposure to negative temperature gradients.
Certificates/Approvals: Classification B1 by Marintek, a subsidiary of Sintef, Norway.
Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping as a provisionally recognized corrosion control
coating.
Approved as a corrosion control coating by Maritime Register of Shipping, Russia.
Approved as a ballast tank coating by Germanischer Lloyd, Germany. HEMPADUR
17630 has been tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the HEMPADUR 17630
complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of carriage
of dry foodstuffs (FDA) in spaces with an internal surface area larger that 1000
m²/10.750 sq.ft.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Version; mixed product: 17630 17633
Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170 - cream/20320 Grey/12170 - cream/20320
Finish: Semi-flat Semi-flat
Volume solids, %: 69 ± 1 69 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 4.6 m²/litre - 150 micron 4.6 m²/litre - 150 micron
184 sq.ft./S gallon - 6 mils 184 sq.ft./S gallon - 6 mils
Flash point: 32°C/90°F 32°C/90°F
Specific gravity: 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 7-8 hours at 20°C/68°F 20 hours (app.) at 5°C/41°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 20 days at 5°C/41°F
V.O.C.: 310 g/litre - 2.6 lbs/US gallon 305 g/litre - 2.6 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 0°C/32°F -10°C/14°F
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting specification Segment: Specification no.:
references: Marine maintenance BT-3, BT-4
Marine newbuilding BT-3, BT-4, BAC-4
Note: HEMPADUR 17630/17633 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and paint
containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or national
safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do not
swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/5
HEMPADUR 17630/17633
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®17630/
HEMPADUR®17633
Medium to high temperatures: 17630 with CURING AGENT 97330
Low to medium temperatures: 17633 with CURING AGENT 98420
Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment and
application details for HEMPADUR 17630/17633.
Page
Ballast tanks, steel work: For optimum performance the following is recommended:
All welding seams must have a surface finish which ensures that the quality of the paint
system will be maintained in all respects. Holes in welding seams, undercuts, etc.
should be avoided. If found, they may necessitate extra stripe coating or filling (however,
the classification societies' recommendations are to be followed).
All sharp edges to be broken or rounded depending on the actual conditions and the
design lifetime. Laminations to be removed. However, rolled profiles, etc. from the steel
mills normally have acceptably rounded edges.
Well adhering, scattered weld spatters are acceptable, but will need additional touch-up.
If dense, they must be removed by grinding.
Abrasive blasting/ Before blasting any deposits of grease or oil must be removed from the steel surface
abrasive sweep blasting: with a suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing. Minor spots of oil/grease may
be cleaned with thinner and clean rags - avoid smearing out the contamination. Possible
alkali weld deposits, chemicals used for testing of welds, soap residues from the
pressure testing must be removed by fresh water hosing.
Repair:
Before blasting, old steel surfaces must be checked for any contamination. Possible
blisters must be broken. If thick rust scale has been removed or deep pittings have
been encountered, control procedures for contamination must be carried out. If still
contaminated, the abrasive blast cleaned steel surface will need a repeated cleaning for
salts and/or oil/grease followed by final abrasive blast cleaning.
If welds have previously been coated with a (shop)primer just after welding this
(shop)primer must be removed by abrasive blasting (sweeping) in order to obtain
optimum performance.
Intact shopprimer:
Zinc salted surfaces, deposits of black iron oxides of plasma cutting and similar foreign
matters to be removed by light abrasive sweep blasting. Chalk markings and plate
marking of a non-compatible nature to be removed as well.
The shopprimer must have been checked randomly for excessive film thicknesses and
areas detected to have film thicknesses above approx 40 micron/1.6 mils (as measured
directly on the shopprimed surface with equipment calibrated on smooth steel) are to be
sweep blasted in order to remove most of the shopprimer.
HEMPADUR 17630/17633
Spot-checking for possible salt contamination of the surface to be executed before and
after abrasive sweep blasting.
In the case of abrasive blast cleaning, the surface profile must be equivalent to
Rugotest No. 3, BN9-BN10 or Keane-Tator Comparator, 3.0 G/S. According to ISO
8503-1 the grade will be MEDIUM (G).
Note: If any doubt exists about the quality of the primary surface preparation (before
shoppriming), the substrate must be re-blasted in situ as defined above.
Block assembly zones: Overlap zones mustPage be treated with great care. Damage caused
Furthermore, these areas may be either masked off with tape - to keep them as narrow
as possible - or left with a thin zinc epoxy primer coat applied on these areas after
secondary surface preparation at blockstage.
Repair:
Corroded pits deeper than approx 2 mm, but not repaired by welding, are recommended
to be filled with HEMPADUR EPOXY FILLER 35250 after blast priming has been carried
out.
Water jetting: This procedure will primarily be relevant for repair jobs. However, the very good removal
of water-soluble salts may also make it useful in other cases.
The resulting standard is to be equal to the WJ-2 (NACE No. 5/SSPC-SP 12 "Surface
Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and other Hard Materials by High and Ultra-High
Pressure Water Jetting prior to Recoating", 1995).
Sufficient dehumidification equipment must be used to dry out the tanks as quickly as
possible between the water jetting and the coating application.
Local ventilators may be required to distribute the drying air evenly in tanks. All "slurry"
is to be removed before it dries. New rust will be acceptable as discoloration only, not
as powdery, loose rust. Acceptable degree of "flash rust" is maximum FR-2 (HEMPEL
standard). Inhibitors are not to be used.
All surfaces must be free from contamination at the time of painting and the relative
humidity is to be below 85%.
Refurbishment: It is recommended to carry out rough abrasive blast cleaning - or water jetting - to
facilitate visual inspection and any necessary repair of the existing steel work. In the
case of pit-corroded tank bottoms this rough blasting will also provide a better basis for
a decision between welding of corroded pits or repair by filling.
HEMPADUR 17630/17633
A main concern is the contamination from sea water (water-soluble, corrosive salts). The
preventive method will be to include very thorough cleaning with plenty of fresh water,
please see below.
Note: Actual type of steel work and surface preparation is dependent on factors such
a shipyard technology, contractual specification, required lifetime, etc. Reference is
also made to HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Ballast Tank Coating Work.
Application equipment: HEMPADUR 17630/17633, being a high viscosity material, may require special
measures to be taken at application.
After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with HEMPEL’S TOOL
CLEANER 99610.
Note: Increasing hose diameter may ease paint flow thereby improving the spray fan. If
longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1,
maintaining the high output capacity of the pump.
HEMPADUR 17630/17633
Application: Film-build/continuity: With this ballast tank coating it is of special importance that a
continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each spray applied coat.
An application technique which will ensure good film formation on all surfaces must be
adopted. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and to have
a proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be aimed
at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of
stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas a stripe coat will usually be necessary. To obtain
good and steady atomi sing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray
equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working
temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid dust-spray.
The paint layer must be applied homogeneously and as close to the specification as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled to avoid exaggerated film
thickness, eg by controlling paint consumption
Page and/or measuring wet film thickness.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, should be remedied.
Stripe coating: may either be applied by airless spray, (relatively small, narrow-angled
nozzles) or by hand-tools. Apply the stripe coat as a uniform, regular film without
excessive brush or roller marks in order to avoid cratering by entrapped air.
Application on A proper mist-coat technique is necessary in order to avoid/reduce the risk of “popping”
zinc silicate: /”pinholes”. Add up to 50% thinner depending on the actual conditions of application.
Pot life/mixing/ When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 3 hours at 15°C/59°F and 2
induction time: hours at 20°C/68°F. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat developed by
(both curing agents): the chemical reaction between BASE and CURING AGENT may make the corresponding
practical pot life shorter.
a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is
necessary to mix smaller portions, this must be done properly by either weighing
base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 86 parts by weight of base
and 14 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 4.0 parts by volume base and
1.0 parts by volume curing agent.
b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a
homogeneous mixture is obtained.
c. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the
temperature of the paint as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can):
Induction time:
At steel temperatures below 5°C/41°F the paint may advantageously be prereacted
10-20 minutes before spray application (longer pre -reaction time at lower temperatures).
Physical data (HEMPADUR 17630 in a dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils):
versus temperature:
Surface temperature 0°C/32°F 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 30°C/86°F
HEMPADUR 17630/17633
* When the state "initial curing" has been reached, the coating may exceptionally be exposed
to ballast water provided it has been applied within the specified limits of film thicknesses
and that all painted areas have been subject to thorough ventilation.
17630 17633
Steel temperature 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F -10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F -10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F
Recoated with:
(quality no. only)
Itself (ballast tanks) 16 hours 8 hours 90 days* 30 days* 3 days 36 hours (90 days)* 90 days*
45182 16 hours 8 hours 90 days 30 days 3 days 36 hours (90 days) 90 days
*Depending on actual local conditions, extended maximum recoating intervals may apply. Please contact HEMPEL
for further advice.
To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be
relevant
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended
Issued: use of2002
September the Products
- page 5 herein
of 5 must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product
Data
Description:
HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH®35530
polyamine cured epoxy paint, which cures to a coating with good resistance to fresh
water, seawater, crude oil, and to abrasion.
Applicable in thick coats by standard heavy duty airless spray equipment.
Harmless to grain cargo.
Recommended use: 1. As a heavy duty coating on steel exposed to abrasion where solvent-free materials
are required. Full colour retention will be of secondary importance.
If solvent containing paints are accepted, HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751
substitutes.
2. As a lining in potable water tanks and pipelines. Please see Certificates/Approvals.
Service temperatures: Dry: In fresh water (directly on steel):
Maximum: 140°C/284°F 35°C/95°F (no temperature gradient)
Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health,
Great Britain.
Approved by Water Research Centre, Great Britain, for potable water up to 23°C/73°F.
Approved by Ministry of Electricity & Water, Bahrain, for potable water.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Grey/10500 - Red/51320
Finish: Semi-gloss
Solids content: 100%
Theoretical spreading rate: 3.3 m²/litre - 300 micron
134 sq.ft./US gallon - 12 mils
Flash point: > 100°C/212°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 12 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 24 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 0 g/litre - 0 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 10°C/50°F
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances. Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL book. The
theoretical spreading rate has been calculated on the basis of a 100% solids volume.
HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH®35530
BASE 35539 with CURING AGENT 95530
Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and
application details for HEMPADUR 35530.
On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water , excessive amounts of salt
residues in pittings may call for dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing,
drying, and finally, dry abrasive blasting again. Alternatively, water jetting may be used
provided the steel surface has already the surface profile as described above.
In case of extensively pit-corroded surfaces (tank bottoms): Remove oil and grease
with suitable detergent. Blasting to Sa 2, ISO 8501-1: 1988. Pittings on tank bottoms
are often omega-shaped (typically in the case of chloride-induced corrosion) for which
reason the following procedure is recommended:
After rough cleaning for dust and abrasives, the tank surfaces are to be thoroughly high
pressure fresh water hosed. Let the water remain in the tank so that all pit corroded
areas are covered by approx 5 cm/2" of water.
After 24 hours the water is removed by wet vacuum cleaning and the tank is dried.
If needed, i.e. if there is still salt contamination to be found in the pits, the washing
treatment has to be repeated. After cleaning, the surfaces are blasted to min. Sa 2½
with a surface roughness profile as described above. After blasting clean the surface
carefully for abrasives and dust. Special care must be taken when cleaning the tank
bottom.
Concrete: The concrete must be of good quality and fully cured, eg 28 days for normal
Portland cement, and completely dry with a humidity content in the surface below 4%.
The concrete must also be controlled for absence of capillary water action or for subsoil
water.
All possible slip agent, oil, grease and other contaminants must be removed by eg
abrasive blasting, volatilizing by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent. The
last mentioned in the following way: Saturation of the surface with fresh water. Washing
with suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing.
Depending on construction and purpose, abrasive blast, high pressure water jet or treat
the concrete with power tools to obtain a rough and firm surface free of scum layer and
other contamination. Remove dust and loose material.
If mechanical treatment is impossible, the surface may be treated with acid etching. For
this purpose an approx. 5% w/w nitric or phosphoric acid solution is recommended.
Note: Strong acids, take necessary precautions, make sure that safety regulations are
obeyed!
Prior to etching the concrete should be saturated with fresh water to prevent acid
corrosion of the reinforcement bars. Leave the acid to act for 3-4 minutes and hose
down the surface with fresh water - preferably first a 5% w/w sodium hydroxide solution
- and scrub carefully. After that the surface must dry homogenously and appear as an
even, rough surface free of a loose outer layer. The surface must have a pH reaction of
between 6.5-8.0. If any of these conditions are not fulfilled, the process must be
repeated. The surface must be dried with good ventilation for at least 2 days at 65%
relative humidity and 20°C/68°F. The pretreatment is controlled by scraping with a
strong knife. The surface must feel solid and hard, and the knife must only leave a clear
scratch mark.
Seal the surface with HEMPADUR SEALER 05990 in such a way that the surface is just
saturated. Surplus must be removed (do also see the Product Data sheet for
HEMPADUR SEALER 05990). Page
Application equipment: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530, being a solventfree, high viscosity material,
requires special measures to be taken at application.
Regular surfaces:
Nozzle size: .023" through .031"
Fan angle: 40-60°.
Complicated surfaces:
Nozzle size: .019" through .023"
Fan angle: 40°
Note: Avoid the use of a suction hose. Use an interchangeable pipe, which makes it
possible to remove cured paint If longer spray hoses are necessary the pump ratio must
be raised to 60:1 or more, yet the high output capacity of the pump must be maintained.
Thinning: Alternatively 1-2% THINNER 08450 may be added, but thinning must be done with care
as the antisagging properties are drastically reduced by overthinning. Do NOT use
thinning when coating surfaces to be in contact with potable water.
Mixing: Stir the CURING AGENT 95530 well before mixing with BASE. Continue the mixing until a
complete uniform colour is achieved.
On the output side of the pump an electrically heated, explosion proof, high pressure,
material heater is fitted. For instance 2500 Watt, max. working pressure well above 300
bar (4-1 safety factor) equipment.
Complicated surfaces:
Nozzle size: .019" through .023".
Fan angle: 40°.
c) Keep THINNER 08450 or HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610 readily available for
fast cleaning of the equipment.
d) Start spraying immediately after proper mixing and mechanical stirring of BASE
35539 and CURING AGENT 95530. Page
f) The spraying should as far as possible run continuously. At any break longer than
2-3 minutes, switch off the heat and flush the equipment immediately and
thoroughly with one of the solvents mentioned above under c).
g) After finishing the application, switch off the heat and clean the equipment
immediately with THINNER 08450 or HEMPEL'S TOOL CLEANER 99610.
Continue the cleaning by re-circulation for at least 30 minutes.
Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is one hour at 20°C/68°F.
However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat developed by the chemical reaction
between BASE and CURING AGENT is so intense that the corresponding practical pot life
is substantially shorter .
Therefore:
• Keep an eye on the paint temperature frequently for instance by touching the can
with your hand. If it feels more than hand warm, discard the paint and flush the
equipment immediately irrespective of type of spray equipment.
Paint temperature : If the in-can temperature is below approximately 15°C/59°F viscosity will be too high for
application. If the paint temperature at mixing is 25°C/77°F or higher a substantial risk
of shortened pot life and curing in can/spray equipment exists. When working in warm,
sub-tropical/ tropical climates a refrigerated container can be used for storing/
cooling of the paint before application.
Application: Film-build/continuity: With this typical one-coat tank coating it is of great importance
that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained. An application technique which will
ensure good film formation on all surfaces must be adopted. It is very important to use
nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and to have a proper, uniform distance of the
spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be
taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners etc. The usual way of obtaining
this result is to spray-coat all these areas separately followed by a full coat all over.
Furthermore, stripe coating by brush will typically be required. To obtain good and steady
atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and the spray equipment must be
sufficient in output pressure and capacity.
The paint layer must be applied homogenously and as close to the specification as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled to avoid exaggerated film
thickness, eg by controlling paint consumption and/or measuring wet film thickness.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, should be remedied.
Stripe coating: Edges, corners, manual welds, and places difficult to cover properly by spray application
should be stripe coated (touched up) either before or after the spray application.
One or two stripe coats will usually be necessary, but depending on actual conditions.
Extra film thickness: Extra thickness - extra layer(s) - may be necessary in case of severely pitted and/or
where very high degrees of antiabrasive properties are needed.
Two- coat application : When applied in two coats it is an advantage to apply the first coat thicker than the
second coat, for instance 300 micron for first, 200 micron for the second layer.
Recoating intervals: Within a maximum of 85% Relative Humidity the following recoating
intervals apply (d=days h=hours):
Steel temperature °C/°F 10/50 15/59 20/68 25/77 30/86 35/95 40/104
Min 60 h 38 h 24 h 16 h 12 h 9 hours 8 hours
HEMPADUR qualities
Max 13 d 8d 5d 3½ d 2½ d 44 hours 36 hours
Min 30 h 19 h 12 h 8h 6h 4½ h 4h
HEMPATHANE qualities
Max 60 h 38 h 24 h 16 h 12 h 9h 8h
Steel temperature °C/°F 10/50 15/59 20/68 25/77 30/86 35/95 40/104
Fully cured 18 days 11 days 7 days 5 days 3½ days 2½ days 2 days
"Initial curing" 7½ days 5 days 3 days 2 days 1½ days 1 day 1 day
Time before taking Tanks or pipelines should generally not be taken into use before HEMPADUR
into use: MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is fully cured (see above).
Exposure to ballast water and crude oil may exceptionally take place after an "initial
curing" time as listed above.
Water resistance: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 35530 is resistant to light showers and condensation
after an initial curing time as listed:
Note: HEMPADUR 35530 must not be exposed to water or high humidity between
stripe coating and full coating respectively between full coating and any necessary
second full coating as there is a certain risk of curing agent exudation which will hinder
adhesion. If exudation is present on the surface this must be removed by very thorough
cleaning. Cleaning should be carried out by hand-warm fresh water washing at a
pressure of approx 60 bar. Such cleaning must not take place before the minimum
curing time for obtaining water resistance as listed above has elapsed. Contact the
nearest Hempel office for further details.
Ventilation during Ventilation is not required for drying/curing of the coating, but some ventilation is
application: recommended in order to remove eg spraydust from application.
Minimum out-docking When the painted surface will be exposed to abrasion shortly after out-docking, the
interval of ships: recommended minimum drying/curing time before out-docking is:
Steel temperature °C/°F 10/50 15/59 20/68 25/77 30/86 (35/95) (40/104)
Minimum days 12½ 8 5 3½ 2½ (2) (1½)
When out-docking takes place into water with a temperature at or above 10°C/50°F, and
sufficient time afterwards is allowed for full cure before the coating is exposed to
abrasion, the recommended minimum time before out-docking is:
Notes:
1. The temperatures in the tables above are mean values, but the temperature during
curing should at no time come below 10°C/50°F.
2. Curing will proceed under water when the water temperature is above 10°C/50°F.
In case of deep pittings higher film thickness is recommended on areas with pittings.
Post treatment of coated After complete curing, i.e. minimum 7 days at 20°C/68°F, and before being taken
surfaces to be in contact into use, the surfaces must be cleaned properly. This will be subject to local/individual
with potable water: specification or regulation but at least for tanks a careful hosing down with clean fresh
water (max. 40°C/104°F if warm water is used) and/or - if possible - by filling with water
allowed to stand for at least 24 hours. Drain and repeat the procedure, and finally flush
with clean fresh water. Desinfication by for instance chlorination can be very aggressive
towards the coating and separate instructions are available.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE,March
Issued: unless2003
otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from
the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®45141/
Data
Description:
HEMPADUR®45143
High temperatures: 45141 with CURING AGENT 97820
Low to medium temperatures: 45143 with CURING AGENT 97430
HEMPADUR 45141/45143 is a two-component, polyamide adduct cured epoxy paint
with good wetting properties and low water permeability. It is selfpriming and forms a
hard and tough coating which has good resistance against abrasion and impact as well
as to seawater, mineral oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons and splashes from petrol and
related products. Harmless to grain cargoes.
Recommended use: 1. As a high build primer, intermediate and/or finishing coat in (heavy duty) paint
systems according to specification.
2. For repair and maintenance work at application temperatures above -10°C/15°F on
hatch covers, decks, in cargo holds, etc.
3. As a ballast tank coating.
4. As a finishing coat where a cosmetic appearance is of less importance.
HEMPADUR 45143 is intended for use in cold/temperate climates, HEMPADUR 45141
for warmer climates - see APPLICATION CONDITIONS overleaf.
Service temperatures: Dry: Maximum 150°C/302°F (See REMARKS overleaf)
Ballast water service: Resists normal ambient temperatures at sea*
Other water service: 40°C/104°F (no temperature gradient)
Other liquids: Contact HEMPEL
*Avoid long-term exposure to negative temperature gradients.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Version; mixed product: 45141 45143
Colours/Shade nos: Red/50630* Red/50630*
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume solids, %: 60 ± 1 60 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 4.0 m²/litre - 150 micron 4.0 m²/litre - 150 micron
160 sq.ft./US gallon - 6 mils 160 sq.ft./US gallon - 6 mils
Flash point: 25°C/77°F 25°C/77°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 4 (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 5 (approx.) hrs at 5°C/41°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 7 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 11 (approx.) hours at 5°C/41°F
Fully cured: 7 (approx.) days at 20°C/68°F 20 (approx.) days at 5°C/41°F
V.O.C.: 385 g/litre - 3.2 lbs/US gallon 385 g/litre - 3.2 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 15°C/59°F -10°C/14°F
*Other shades according to assortment list.
Available in a MIO version, colour no. 12430, on request.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting specification Segment: Specification nos:
references: Marine maintenance BAC-4, BT-5, CH-5
Marine newbuilding BAC-5, CH-4
Note: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Issued: February 2001 - 4514350630CO002 / 4514150630CO003
HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/5
HEMPADUR 45141/45143
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®45141/
HEMPADUR®45143
45141: BASE 45148 with CURING AGENT 97820
45143: BASE 45148 with CURING AGENT 97430
Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment and
application details for HEMPADUR 45141/45143.
Surface preparation: General: In order to obtain best performance, abrasive blast cleaning is recommended.
However, HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may Pagebe applied on rusty steel surfaces where
higher performance is needed than obtainable with conventional coatings but where
mechanical cleaning and dust removal can only be carried out (beside the removal of
salts and of oily contaminants).
Remove oil and grease with suitable detergent, salt and other contaminants by (high
pressure) fresh water cleaning.
Spot-repairs:
Clean damaged areas thoroughly by power tool cleaning to St 3 or by abrasive blasting
to minimum Sa 2, preferably Sa 2½. Improved surface preparation will improve the
performance of HEMPADUR 45141/45143. As an alternative to dry cleaning, water
jetting to sound, well adhering coat and/or to steel. Intact coat must appear with
roughened surface after the water jetting. By water jetting to steel, cleanliness shall be
WJ-3 to WJ-2 (atmospheric exposure) / minimum WJ-2 (immersion) (NACE No.
5/SSPC-SP 12). A flash-rust degree of maximum FR-2 (atmospheric exposure) / FR-2,
preferably FR-1 (immersion) (Hempel standard) is acceptable before application. Feather
edges to sound and intact areas. Brush off loose material. Touch up to full film
thickness.
In any case it is a must that the old paint system is tightly adhering and is properly
prepared before the touch-up is performed. It is recommended to make a test patch.
Full coating:
Note: Another risk is left over of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent
brightness without showing any adhesive defects. Yet, the exposure to open air during
cleaning may have started a continuous oxidation of the hard black rust making it
mechanically weak and of poor adhesion to the underlying steel surface. Later, during
service, the scale plus overlaying paintmaterial may flake off.
HEMPADUR 45141/45143
2. If the HEMPADUR 45141/45143 will form an integral part of heavy duty systems
(impact and antiabrasion purposes) best performance will be obtained by applying it
directly to the blast-cleaned steel, subsidiary using HEMPADUR 15590 as "blast
primer".
Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to salt water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for high pressure water jetting, wet abrasive blasting,
alternatively dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally,
dry abrasive blasting again.
Page
Application equipment: HEMPADUR 45141/45143 being a high viscosity material, may require special
measures to be taken at application.
Regular surfaces:
Nozzle size: .021"-.023"
Fan angle: 60-80°.
After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with HEMPEL’S TOOL
CLEANER 99610.
Note: Increasing hose diameter may increase paint flow, thereby improving the spray
fan. If longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1,
maintaining the high output capacity of the pump.
The paint layer must be applied homogenously and as close to the specification as
possible. Avoid exaggerated film thickness due to the risk of sagging, cracks and solvent
retention. The paint consumption must be controlled.
HEMPADUR 45141/45143
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, should be remedied.
Wet/dry film thickness: The thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR 45141/45143 may give a rather "wavy"surface of
the paint just after application. This smoothens at drying but can make it necessary to
let the wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. In many cases, the wet film
thickness reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher than calculated. As the wavy
surface becomes more smooth at drying this extra wet film thickness readings will not
cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise stipulated.
Page
Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 2 hours at 15°C/59°F when
using CURING AGENT 97430. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, the heat
developed by the chemical reaction between BASE and CURING AGENT may make the
corresponding practical pot life shorter.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
To check whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test patch may be
relevant.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended
Issued: Marchuse of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
2002
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 4/5
HEMPADUR 45141/45143
Physical data (HEMPADUR 45141 in a dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils):
versus temperature:
Surface temperature 20°C/68°F 30°C/86°F
HEMPADUR 45141/45143
Physical data (HEMPADUR 45143 in a dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils):
versus temperature:
Surface temperature -10°C/14°F 0°C/32°F 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F
Product HEMPADUR®45182
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 45182 is a two-component, low-temperature curing, modified polyamide
adduct cured epoxy.
CURING AGENT 98180
Recommended use: For marine and protective use as a "tie coat" between epoxy and physically drying
coatings. For marine use also as a “sealer” of old antifouling.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos.: Yellowish grey/25150
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 46 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 4.6 m²/litre - 100 micron
184 sq.ft./US gallon - 4 mils
Flash point: 23°C/73°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 6 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 490 g/litre - 4.1 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH®45751/45753
Data
Description:
Medium to high temperatures: 45751: BASE 45755 with CURING AGENT 97652
Low to medium temperatures: 45753: BASE 45755 with CURING AGENT 98750
HEMPADUR®MULTI-STRENGTH®45751/45753
Medium to high temperatures: 45751: BASE 45755 with CURING AGENT 97652
Low to medium temperatures: 45753: BASE 45755 with CURING AGENT 98750
Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment and
application details for HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751/45753.
Surface preparation: The specific type and degree of surface preparation depends on type and condition of
the actual substrate and on desired performance.
Page The better the surface preparation the
better the performance, but it will not always be economic feasible to go for the highest
degree within a given type of surface preparation.
The fresh water cleaning will assist in removal of salt residues, yet total removal of salts
embedded in the pittings will in practise, on large areas, be extremely difficult
irrespective of method of cleaning.
Concrete: The concrete must be of good quality and fully cured, eg 28 days for normal
Portland cement, and completely dry with a humidity content in the surface below 4%.
The concrete must also be controlled for absence of capillary water action or for subsoil
water.
All possible slip agent, oil, grease and other contaminants must be removed by eg
abrasive blasting, volatilising by flame cleaning or treatment with suitable detergent.
The last mentioned in the following way: Saturation of the surface with fresh water.
Washing with suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing.
If mechanical treatment is impossible, the surface of new concrete may be treated with
acid etching. For this purpose an approx. 5% w/w nitric or phosphoric acid solution is
recommended.
Note: Strong acids, take necessary precautions, make sure that safety regulations are
obeyed!
Prior to etching the concrete should be saturated with fresh water to prevent acid
corrosion of the reinforcement bars. Leave the acid to act for 3-4 minutes and hose
down the surface with fresh water - preferably first a 5% w/w sodium hydroxide solution
- and scrub carefully. After that the surface
Page must dry homogeneously and appear as an
even, rough surface free of a loose outer layer. The surface must have a pH reaction of
between 6.5-8.0. If any of these conditions are not fulfilled, the process must be
repeated. The surface must be dried with good ventilation for at least 2 days at 65%
relative humidity and 20°C/68°F. The pre-treatment is controlled by scraping with a
strong knife. The surface must feel solid and hard, and the knife must only leave a clear
scratch mark.
Cracks, voids and crevices must be opened and made good down to firm and hard
material. After sealing - as described below - fill these openings with a suitable epoxy
mortar.
Seal the surface with HEMPADUR SEALER 05990 in such a way that the surface is just
saturated. Surplus must be removed (do also see the Product Data sheet for HEMPADUR
SEALER 05990).
All sharp edges to be broken or rounded depending on the actual conditions and the
design lifetime. Laminations to be removed. However, rolled profiles, etc. from the steel
mills normally have acceptably rounded edges.
Well adhering, scattered weld spatters are acceptable, but will need additional touch-up.
If dense, they must be removed by grinding.
Ballast tanks, Before blasting any deposits of grease or oil must be removed from the steel surface
surface preparation: with a suitable detergent followed by fresh water hosing. Minor spots of oil/grease may
be cleaned with thinner and clean rags - avoid smearing out the contamination. Possible
alkali weld deposits, chemicals used for testing of welds, soap residues from the
pressure testing must be removed by fresh water hosing.
If welds have previously been coated with a (shop)primer just after welding this
(shop)primer must be removed by abrasive blasting (sweeping) in order to obtain
optimum performance.
The shopprimer must have been checked randomly for excessive film thicknesses and
areas detected to have film thicknesses above approx 40 micron/1.6 mils (as measured
directly on the shopprimed surface with equipment calibrated on smooth steel) are to be
sweep blasted in order to remove most of the shopprimer.
Spot-checking for possible salt contamination of the surface to be executed before and
after abrasive sweep blasting.
Note: If any doubt exists about the quality of the primary surface preparation (before
shoppriming), the substrate must be re-blasted in situ as defined above.
Block assembly zones: Overlap zones must be treated with great care. Damage caused
by possible over-blasting must be avoided, paint edges must be feathered and
consecutive layers of paint coatings given greater and greater overlaps - old layers being
roughened corresponding to these overlaps (when sandpapering, use free-cut paper,
grain size 80).
Furthermore, these areas may be either masked off with tape - to keep them as narrow
as possible - or left with a thin zinc epoxy primer coat applied on these areas after
secondary surface preparation at blockstage.
Refurbishment: It is recommended to carry out rough abrasive blast cleaning - or water jetting - to
facilitate visual inspection and any necessary repair of the existing steel work. In the
case of pit-corroded tank bottoms this rough blasting will also provide a better basis for
a decision between welding of corroded pits or repair by filling.
Corroded pits deeper than approx. 2 mm, but not repaired by welding, are recommended
to be filled with HEMPADUR EPOXY FILLER 35250 after blast priming has been carried
out.
Note: Actual type of steel work and surface preparation is dependent on factors such
a shipyard technology, contractual specification, required lifetime, etc. Reference is
also made to HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Ballast Tank Coating Work.
Application equipment: HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751/45753, being a high viscosity material, may
require special measures to be taken at application.
Regular surfaces: Ballast tanks Exterior hull and similar large regular areas
Nozzle size: .021"-.023” .023”-.027”
Fan angle: 60-80° 60°-80°
Complicated surfaces:
Nozzle size: .019"
Fan angle: 40°.
After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with HEMPEL’S TOOL
CLEANER 99610.
Note: Increasing spray hose diameter may ease paint flow thereby improving the spray
fan. If longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1,
maintaining the high output capacity of the pump.
Stripe coating: may either be applied by airless spray, (relatively small, narrow-angled
nozzles) or by hand-tools. Apply the stripe coat as a uniform, regular film without
excessive brush or roller marks in order to avoid cratering by entrapped air.
Pot life/mixing/ When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 2 hours at 15°C/59°F and 1
a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is
necessary to mix smaller portions, this must be done properly by either weighing
base and curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 143 parts by weight of base
and 20 parts by weight of curing agent or by volume: 4.0 parts by volume base and
1.0 parts by volume curing agent.
b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a
homogeneous mixture is obtained.
c. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exceeded. The pot life depends on the
temperature of the paint as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can):
Page
Induction time:
At Steel temperatures below 5°C/41°F the paint may advantageously be prereacted 10
minutes before spray application (longer prereaction time at lower steel temperatures).
Physical data (HEMPADUR MULTI-STRENGTH 45751 in a dry film thickness of 200 micron/8 mils):
versus temperature:
Surface temperature 10°C/50°F 20°C/68°F 30°C/86°F
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
Issued:
User. The Products are supplied March
and all2003
technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: As a selfprimed, surface tolerant paint system or as an intermediate or finishing coat in
heavy duty paint systems where low VOC and high film build are required.
Multipurpose coating as per specification for maintenance including ballast tanks and
underwater hull and new steel in those cases, where a need for few products outweighs
more specialised coatings.
Can be specified where extended recoating properties for polyurethane topcoats are
requested (typically travel coating). May be used directly on cured zinc silicate (GALVOSIL
products) or spray-metallized surfaces to minimize popping.
As a topcoat where the usual outdoor cosmetic appearance of epoxy paints is
acceptable.
Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F
Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health, Great
Britain.
Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate.
Complies with Section 175.300 of the Code of Federal Regulations in respect of carriage
of dry foodstuffs (FDA) in spaces with an internal surface area larger than 1000
m²/10,750 sq.ft.
Availability: Part of Group Assortment. Local availability subject to confirmation.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Version, mixed product: 45880 45881
Colours/Shade nos: Grey/12170* Grey/12170*
Finish: Semi--gloss Semi--gloss
Volume solids, %: 77 ± 1 77 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 3.9 m²/litre - 200 micron 3.9 m²/litre - 200 micron
154 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils 154 sq.ft./US gallon - 8 mils
Flash point: 35°C/95°F 35°C/95°F
Specific gravity: 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon 1.4 kg/litre - 11.7 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 4 (approx) hours at 20°C/68°F 3 (approx) hours at 30°C/86°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 5 days at 30°C/86°F
V.O.C.: 220 g/litre - 1.8 lbs/US gallon 220 g/litre - 1.8 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: -5°C/14°F 15°C/59°F
*Other shades including a MIO version, colour no. 12430, according to assortment list.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting Specification Segment: Specification no.:
References: Marine maintenance CH-6, DC-4, ER-4, ID-2, SST-5, -6, -7, TS-5, -6, -9
Marine newbuilding CH-5, CH-9, DC-4-DC-6, DC-8, DC-9, ER-5,
ID-3, SST-4, -5, -6, -7, TS-4, -5, -8, -9
Note: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Issued: January 2003 - 4588012170CO010/4588112170CO007
HEMPEL’S MARINE PAINTS A/S
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to applicable Product
Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience obtained under
controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under the actual conditions of any
intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all
technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise
expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability,
including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 1/6
HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45880/
HEMPADUR®MASTIC 45881
High temperatures: 45881: BASE 45889 with CURING AGENT 95881
Low to medium temperatures: 45880 : BASE 45889 with CURING AGENT 95880
Scope: These Application Instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment and
application details for HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881.
Page
Surface preparation: General: In order to obtain best performance, abrasive blast cleaning is recommended.
However, HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 has “surface tolerant” properties and
offers higher performance than many other coatings when applied to surfaces
mechanically cleaned only (salts, oil, grease etc. shall always be removed).
Remove oil and grease with suitable detergent, salt and other contaminants by (high
pressure) fresh water cleaning.
NEW STEEL:
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 can be applied when the GALVOSIL is cured. Consult
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS for the relevant GALVOSIL. Remove oil and grease etc. with
suitable detergent. Remove salt and other contaminants by high pressure fresh water
cleaning. After exposure to high humidity, zinc salts, "white rust", must be removed
carefully by high pressure fresh water cleaning, if necessary combined with scrubbing
with stiff nylon brushes.
Spot-repairs:
Full coating:
Compatibility with old system: In general full compatibility can be expected with old
epoxy systems. A test patch should always be performed before fullcoating is decided. If
the old epoxy is not weathered/chalked or if it is topcoated with polyurethane, it is
recommended to roughen the surface before recoating. Furthermore, very thorough
cleaning is a must. Any dirt, chalked surface material, oil and grease should be removed
with suitable detergent followed by high pressure fresh water hosing of the entire
surface.
Removal of old system: Full coating after complete mechanical removal of an old paint
system is possible too. Yet, it must be considered that mechanical cleaning by disc
grinding or by rotating wire brushing may produce a very smooth surface which reduce
the adhesive forces of the primer coat.
Note: Another risk is remains of a hard black rustscale being cleaned to an apparent
brightness without showing any adhesive defects. Yet, the exposure to open air during
cleaning may have started a further oxidation of the hard black rust making it
mechanically weak and of poor adhesion to the underlying steel surface. Later, during
service, the scale plus overlaying paintmaterial may flake off.
Note: On old steel surfaces having been exposed to s alty water, excessive amounts of
salt residues in pittings may call for high pressure water jetting, wet abrasive blasting,
alternatively dry abrasive blasting, high pressure fresh water hosing, drying, and finally,
dry abrasive blasting again.
Application equipment: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 being a high solids and a relatively high viscosity
material, may require special measures to be taken at application.
After finishing the application, clean the equipment immediately with THINNER 08450 or
HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610.
Note: Increasing hose diameter may increase paint flow, thereby improving the spray
fan. If longer hoses are necessary it may be necessary to raise the pump ratio to 60:1,
maintaining the high output capacity of the pump.
Spray application: Film-build/continuity: With this paintmaterial applied in one/few coat(s) it is of special
importance that a continuous, pinhole-free paint film is obtained at application of each
coat. An application technique which will ensure good film formation on all surfaces
must be adopted. It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, not too big, and
to have a proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm should be
aimed at. Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of
stiffeners etc. Thus, on these areas application of a stripecoat will therefore be good
painting practice. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must
HEMPEL Application Instructions Page 3/6
be suitable and the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity.
At high working temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid
dust-spray.
The paint layer must be applied homogeneously and as close to the specification as
possible. Avoid exaggerated film thickness due to the risk of sagging, cracks and solvent
retention. The paint consumption must be controlled.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, should be remedied.
Brush and roller application : At application with hand tools, brush, but especially by roller the natural tendency to a
more uneven paint film obtained by these methods, is to be counteracted by more coats
applied. If at all possible each coat is to be applied across the preceding one - in
general follow good painting practise. Page
On poorly prepared surfaces it is always recommended to apply the first coat by brush.
Extra thinning will facilitate the penetration of the paint material, but will also require an
extra layer to be applied.
Wet/dry film thickness: Please note that the thixotropic nature of HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 may give a
rather "wavy" surface of the paint just after application. This smoothens at drying, but
can make it necessary to let the wet film readings be of a higher value than indicated. In
many cases the wet film thickness, reading should be 25-50 micron/1-2 mils higher
than calculated. As the wavy surface becomes more smooth during drying these extra
wet film thickness readings will not cause a higher paint consumption than otherwise
stipulated.
Film thickness/thinning: HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880/45881 is normally specified in 125-200 micron/5-8 mils.
Depending on ambient conditions, usually maximum 5% thinning with THINNER 08450 is
relevant, however, increasing at high temperatures to ensure proper film formation and
avoid dust spray. May be specified down to 75 micron/3 mils. To obtain optimum film
formation in film thicknesses lower than 125 micron/5 mils dry film thickness a dditional
thinning with 5-10% THINNER 08450 is recommended.
Pot life: When measured under standard conditions the pot life is 1 hour at 20°C/68°F for
HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 respectively 1½ hours at 30°C/86°F for HEMPADUR MASTIC
45881. However, for a 20 litres/5 US gallons mix, and used under warm climate
conditions, the heat developed by the chemical reaction between BASE and CURING
AGENT may make the corresponding practical pot life shorter.
Therefore: At high temperatures, use the paint immediately after mixing irrespective of
equipment.
Physical data Drying time and recoating interval vary with film thickness, temperature and later
versus temperature: exposure conditions:
Notes:
• Avoid sudden drops in (substrate) temperatures during drying/initial curing. It is especially important that the
substrate temperature does not drop significantly before application of the acrylic or polyurethane finish and
that proper ventilation is maintained.
• If faster handling or recoating at lower temperatures is required, HEMPADUR 45143 may be used.
• In case of low temperatures, it is recommended that HEMPADUR MASTIC 45880 has been given a proper
induction time before application. Under such conditions, consider paint temperature equal to substrate
temperature and follow the rules given on page 2.
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned from all sorts of contaminants including
invisible deposits of water soluble salts, oil, grease and similar harmful chemical
substances.
Surfaces having any degraded layer from exposure to UV radiation, heat etc. must
have this layer removed by mechanical cleaning methods like, water jetting, abrading
or sweep blasting.
The existing coating system must in all respects be sound and applied according to
Page
Product Data Sheets, Application Instruction s and Specification,
It should be recognised that the optimal intercoat adhesion is best ensured by observing
the interval between the stated minimum and “Cured T ime”. Utilising extended recoating
intervals it should further be understood that by chemical nature the intercoat adhesion
between HEMPADUR qualities are better than between HEMPADUR and HEMPATHANE
qualities. To determine whether the quality of the surface cleaning is adequate, a test
patch may be relevant. However, such a test is not the final proof of long-term durability,
but if the result is doubtful, repeated cleaning will be relevant. A more safe solution
could be to refresh the surface with a new thin (diluted) coat of HEMPADUR MASTIC
45880/45881.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from
the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Grey/11480 - Red/50630*
Finish: Semi-flat
Volume solids, %: 42 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 4.2 m²/litre - 100 micron
168 sq.ft./US gallon - 4 mils
Flash point: 24°C/75°F
Specific gravity: 1.2 kg/litre - 10.0 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 1 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 4 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 515 g/litre - 4.3 lbs/US gallon
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Recommended use: As a finishing coat on steel and woodwork exterior and interior in mild to moderately
corrosive environment where an aluminium surface or light reflection is desired, and/or
for moderately hot surface.
Certificates/Approvals: Complies with Section 175.300 of Food Additive Regulations (in respect of carriage of
dry foodstuffs) of the Code of Federal Regulations as found by review of the U.S. Food
and Drug Administration.
Approved by German authorities as a low flame spread material according to IMO
resolution MSC 61 (67).
Has a German EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade Nos: Aluminium/19000
Finish: Glossy
Volume solids, %: 38 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 15.2 m²/litre - 25 micron
610 sq.ft./US gallon - 1 mil
Flash point: 38°C/100°F
Specific gravity: 1.0 kg/litre - 8.3 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 5 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 500 g/litre - 4.2 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: As a general purpose finishing coat in alkyd systems on exterior and interior steel
and woodwork in mildly to moderately corrosive environment.
As a finishing coat in engine rooms including tanktops, main engines and auxiliary
machineriy.
Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F (these temperatures may cause yellowing/discoloration).
Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish, German, Belgian and Italian
authorities according to IMO resolution MSC 61 (67).
Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: White/10000* Black/19990*
Finish: Glossy Glossy
Volume solids, %: 46 ± 1 43 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 15.3 m²/litre - 30 micron 14.3 m²/litre - 30 micron
615 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.2 mils 575 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.2 mils
Flash point: 38°C/100°F 38°C/100°F
Specific gravity: 1.1 kg/litre - 9.2 lbs/US gallon 0.9 kg/litre - 7.5 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 6-8 hours at 20°C/68°F 6-8 hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 430 g/litre - 3.6 lbs/US gallon 455 g/litre - 3.8 lbs/US gallon
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Product HEMPALIN®DANREX®52360
Data
Description: HEMPALIN DANREX 52360 is a versatile, alkyd-based, economy paint with fairly good
penetration into rough and porous substrate.
Harmless to grain cargo.
Recommended use: 1. As a self-primed paint system on interior steel and woodwork, e.g. in dry cargo
holds.
2. As a primer for alkyd-based paint systems in mild environment.
Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by German authorities according to IMO
resolution MSC 61 (67).
Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health,
Great Britain.
Complies with Section 175.300 of Food Additive Regulations (in respect of carriage of
dry foodstuffs) of the Code of U.S. Federal Regulations (FDA).
Has a German EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Grey/10670 Red/50610
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume solids, %: 56 ± 1 57 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 14.0 m²/litre - 40 micron 14.3 m²/litre - 40 micron
561 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.6 mils 571 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.6 mils
Flash point: 38°C/100°F 38°C/100°F
Specific gravity: 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon 1.3 kg/litre - 10.8 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 6-8 hours at 20°C/68°F 6-8 hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 365 g/litre - 3.0 lbs/US gallon 360 g/litre - 3.0 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
Recommended use: As a general purpose finishing coat, interior and exterior, on steel decks, stairways,
catwalks, etc., in mildly to moderately corrosive environment.
Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by Danish and German authorities according
to IMO resolution MSC 61 (67).
Has a German and Danish EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Green/40640 Red/50630
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume solids, %: 42 ± 1 41 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 14.0 m²/litre - 30 micron 13.7 m²/litre - 30 micron
561 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.2 mils 548 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.2 mils
Flash point: 28°C/82°F 28°C/82°F
Specific gravity: 1.1 kg/litre - 9.2 lbs/US gallon 1.1 kg/litre - 9.2 lbs/US gallon
Dry to touch: 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F 1 (approx.) hour at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 490 g/litre - 4.1 lbs/US gallon 495 g/litre - 4.1 lbs/US gallon
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or
experience obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or
appropriateness under the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined
exclusively by the Buyer and/or User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to
HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing.
The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not
limited to negligence, except as expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or
consequential losses or damages arising from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or
otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Recommended use: As a finishing coat for protection of structural steel in severely corrosive atmospheric
environment, where light-fastness and gloss retention are required.
Minimum temperature for curing is -10°C/14°F.
Service temperatures: Maximum, dry: 120°C/248°F (these temperatures may cause the paint to yellow/
discolour).
Certificates/Approvals: Approved as a low flame spread material by German and Italian authorities according to
IMO resolution MSC 61 (67).
Has a German EC-type Examination Certificate.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: White/10000* Blue/30840*
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume solids, %: 52 ± 1 50 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 10.4 m²/litre - 50 micron 10.0 m²/litre - 50 micron
417 sq.ft./US gallon - 2 mils 401 sq.ft./US gallon - 2 mils
Flash point: 33°C/91°F 33°C/91°F
Specific gravity: 1.2 kg/litre - 10.0 lbs/US gallon 1.1 kg/litre - 9.2 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 2½ (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 2½ (approx.) hrs at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 8 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F 8 (approx.) hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 7 days at 20°C/68°F 7 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 440 g/litre - 3.7 lbs/US gallon 450 g/litre - 3.7 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: -10°C/14°F -10°C/14°F
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet
Certificates/Approvals: Tested for non-contamination of grain cargo at the Newcastle Occupational Health,
Great Britain.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Black/19990* Red/50040*
Finish: Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Volume solids, %: 31 ± 1 33 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 8.9 m²/litre - 35 micron 9.4 m²/litre - 35 micron
355 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.4 mils 378 sq.ft./US gallon - 1.4 mils
Flash point: 25°C/77°F 25°C/77°F
Specific gravity: 1.0 kg/litre - 8.3 lbs/US gallon 1.0 kg/litre - 8.3 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 1 (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517) 1 (approx.) hr at 20°C/68°F (ISO 1517)
Dry to touch: 3-4 hours at 20°C/68°F 3-4 hours at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 610 g/litre - 5.1 lbs/US gallon 595 g/litre - 4.9 lbs/US gallon
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied and all technical assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim,
and Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as
expressed in said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising
from the use of the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.
HEMPEL Product Data Sheet Page 1/1
Product HEMPADUR®85671
Data
Description: HEMPADUR 85671 is a two-component, amine adduct cured phenolic epoxy (novolac)
coating with very good adhesion and high temperature, water and chemical resistance.
CURING AGENT 97371
Recommended use: As an interior lining in tanks, pipelines etc. for hot water, brine, crude oil, etc.
For coating of potable water tanks.
As a primer coat in specific painting systems.
Certificates/Approvals: HEMPADUR 85671 is in accordance with ARAMCO's specification APCS 2A, 2B and 2C.
Approved for use in potable water tanks by the Water Research Centre, England.
Approved for aviation fuel storage tanks by ExxonMobil Aviation International Ltd.,
England.
Certified by NSF, USA for use in potable water tanks with volumes of 1000 gallon or
greater.
PHYSICAL CONSTANTS:
Colours/Shade nos: Off-white/11630, Light red/50900
Finish: Flat
Volume solids, %: 68 ± 1
Theoretical spreading rate: 6.8 m²/litre - 100 micron
273 sq.ft./US gallon - 4 mils
Flash point: 24°C/75°F
Specific gravity: 1.7 kg/litre - 14.2 lbs/US gallon
Surface dry: 2-3 hours at 20°C/68°F
Dry to touch: 4-6 hours at 20°C/68°F
Fully cured: 10 days at 20°C/68°F
V.O.C.: 320 g/litre - 2.7 lbs/US gallon
Min. curing temperature: 10°C/50°F
Shelf life: ½ year (25°C/77°F) from time of production. Depending on storage conditions,
mechanical stirring may be necessary before usage.
If the shelf life is exceeded please contact HEMPEL for further advice.
The physical constants stated are nominal data according to the HEMPEL Group's approved formulas. They are
subject to normal manufacturing tolerances and where stated, being standard deviation according to ISO 3534-1.
Further reference is made to "Explanatory Notes" in the HEMPEL Book.
Surface preparation, application conditions, preceding/subsequent coat and remarks: See
relevant painting specification.
Painting specification Segment: Specification nos:
references: Marine maintenance FW-3
Marine newbuilding FW-3
Note: HEMPADUR 85671 is for professional use only.
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and paint
containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or national
safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do not
swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
HEMPADUR 85671
APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS
For product description refer to the product data sheet
HEMPADUR®85671
BASE 85675 with CURING AGENT 97371
Scope: These appliation instructions cover surface preparation, application equipment, and
application of HEMPADUR 85671.
The following are general rules, which may be supplemented with more detailed
descriptions when needed, for instance for major newbuildings/new constructions or
extensive repair jobs. Page
All sharp edges must be removed or rounded off in such a way that the specified film
thickness can be built up on all surfaces. The radius of the rounding should be
minimum 2 mm.
The steel must be of first class quality and should not have been allowed to rust more
than corresponding to grade B of ISO 8501-1:1988. Any laminations must be removed.
All steel work (including welding, flamecutting, grinding) must be finished before the
surface preparation starts.
Surface preparation : Prior to abrasive blast cleaning of the steel, remove oil, grease, salts and other
contamination with a suitable detergent followed b y high pressure fresh water hosing.
Alkali deposits on new welding seams as well as soap traces from pressure testing of
tanks to be removed by fresh water and scrubbing with stiff brushes.
On repair jobs, a rough blasting to remove all loosely adhering materials may be required
before degreasing/washing is carried out.
Old steel: Even after a very thorough cleaning, pits may typically contain contamination
in the form of remnants of chemicals/water soluble salts. For this reason, repeated
detergent washing plus abrasive blasting may be necessary. After the first blasting, a
very thorough vacuum cleaning is carried out in order to see if any "chemical bleeding"
occurs as well as controls for water soluble salts (reference is made to separate
instructions) are made. Special care should be taken in evaluating pitted areas - ask for
special guidelines.
For optimum performance, gritblast to very near white metal, Sa 2½-3, ISO
8501-1:1988. In practice this requirement is to be understood as white metal Sa 3 at
the moment of abrasive blasting, but allows a slight reduction at the moment of paint
application.
The resulting surface profile must be equivalent to Rugotest No. 3, min. BN 10,
Keane-Tator Surface Comparator, G/S min. 3.0 or ISO/DIS 8503/1 rough MEDIUM (G).
Use steel grit, aluminium silicate, or similar sharp edged abrasives of a good quality free
of foreign matters, soft particles, and the like. Control for absence of contamination
according to separate guidelines.
HEMPADUR 85671
In case steel grit is used this must furthermore be controlled so that a proper grain size
distribution is maintained.
Steel grit with particle sizes of 0.2-1.2 mm or aluminium silicate of 0.4-1.8 mm will
usually create the desired surface profile when the air pressure measured at the nozzle
is 6-7 bar/85 -100 psi.
The compressed air must be dry and clean. The compressor must be fitted with suitable
oil and water traps.
When the abrasive blasting is completed, remove residual grit and dust by vacuum
cleaning. Abrasive particles not removed by vacuum cleaning are to be removed by
brushing with clean brushes followed by vacuum cleaning.
Page
The importance of systematic working must be stressed when blasting. Poorly blasted
areas covered with dust are very difficult to locate during the blast inspection made after
the rough cleaning.
However, if the steel is shopprimed with zinc, it is very important that all zinc is removed
by abrasive blast cleaning. Separate check procedures will be necessary to demonstrate
the effectiveness of removal. More blast cleaning may be deemed necessary! Use of a
red zinc shopprimer will facilitate the visual check of the blast cleaning and is
considered necessary in order to obtain an acceptable surface preparation.
Note: Degree of steelwork finish and surf ace preparation are more detailed described
in HEMPEL’s Technical Standard for Tank Coating Work.
Application equipment : HEMPADUR 85671 is to be applied by airless spray equipment. Stripe coating and minor
repairs can be carried out by brushing.
Airless spray equipment: A large pump is preferred, with a pump capacity of 8-12
litres/minute.
Thinning If required: max. 10% of THINNER 08450, possibly higher if tendency to d ry-spray will
require more thinning eg at higher temperatures. Thinning should only be at the required
level to avoid possible risk of solvent entrapment.
Only add thinner to the mixed paint.
Spraying properties are influenced by the induction time (premix time). Too much
"thixotropy" will disappear after a certain reaction of the mixed components.
Cleaning of equipment: The whole equipment to be cleaned thoroughly with HEMPEL’S TOOL CLEANER 99610
after use.
Mixing, pot life: a. Mix the entire content of corresponding base and curing agent packings. If it is
necessary to mix smaller portions, this must only be done by weighing base and
curing agent in the prescribed weight ratio: 158 parts by weight of base and 11.4
parts by weight of curing agent or by volume 8.8 parts by volume base and 1.2
parts by volume curing agent.
b. Stir the mixed paint thoroughly by means of a clean mechanical mixer until a
homogeneous mixture is obtained.
HEMPADUR 85671
c. Allow the mixed paint to prereact before application, see table below .
d. Use all mixed paint before the pot life is exeeded. The pot life depends on the
paint’s temperature as shown in table below (valid for a 20 litres can):
It is very important to use nozzles of the correct size, ie not too big. Select small nozzles
for spray application of complicated structures, while bigger nozzles may be used for
regular surfaces.
A proper, uniform distance of the spray gun to the surface, 30-50 cm, should be aimed
at. To obtain good and steady atomizing, the viscosity of the paint must be suitable and
the spray equipment must be sufficient in output pressure and capacity. At high working
temperatures, use of extra thinner may be necessary to avoid d ry-spray.
The paint layer must be applied homogenously and as close to the specification as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled and heavy layers must be
avoided because of the risk of sags and cracks and solvent retention.
Furthermore, great care must be taken to cover edges, openings, rear sides of stiffeners
etc. Thus, on these areas a stripecoat will usually be necessary.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous film with a smooth surface and
irregularities such as dust, dry spray, abrasives, must be remedied.
Note: In case of old, pit corroded steel, application of a diluted, extra first coat is
recommended to obtain better "penetration" in the fine pits. For this purpose, it is
relevant to dilute 5-10%. Application by brush is recommended and film thickness so low
that the surface is "saturated" only.
Stripe coating: All places difficult to cover properly by spray application should be stripe coated twice by
brushing immediately before the spray application. First stripe coat is applied after the
first full coat and second stripe coat after second full coat.
The second stripe coat with brush can be replaced with spray application with a small
narrow nozzle, but still air slots and similar and possible undercuts (welds) and the like
will require brush application.
Film thicknesses: The final dry film thickness of the three coat system must be between 300-600 micron
(max. 450 micron below 15°C)/12-24 mils (max. 18 mils below 59°F).
Corresponding to 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, the wet film thickness must be
150-175 micron/6-7 mils and must be measured regularly.
Normally up to 200 micron/8 mils per coat may be accepted for 100 micron/4 mils
specifications, but at temperatures below 15°C/59°F, it is important not to exceed a
dry film thickness of 150 micron/6 mils in any area .
HEMPADUR 85671
In case of steel temperatures lower than 10°C/50°F there is a severe risk of incomplete
curing, resulting in a too open film with reduced chemical resistance.
A sudden drop of the steel temperature shortly after application will result in solvent
entrapment and will cause a dry film containing vacuoles, ie resulting in reduced
performance.
The steel temperature must be above the dew point. As a rule of thumb a steel
temperature which is 3°C/5°F above the dew point can be considered safe.
The relative humidity should preferably be 40-60%, maximum 80%. In confined spaces,
supply an adequate amount of fresh air during application and drying to assist the
evaporation of solvent.
Drying and curing, In a dry film thickness of 100 micron/4 mils, with a steel temperature of 20°C/68°F, a
ventilation: relative air humidity of maximum 80% and adequate ventilation, HEMPADUR 85671 will
be dry to touch after 4-6 hours. Under these drying conditions, the paint film will accept
light traffic after approximately 16 hours.
A good guideline for tank coating work is to ventilate to a calculated 10% of LEL during
application and until the coating is dry.
One litre undiluted HEMPADUR 85671 gives off in total 81 litres solvent vapour until it is
completely dry.
Because solvent vapours are heavier than atmospheric air, effective ventilation requires
forced ventilation with exhaust from the lowest part of the tank.
During the following period until full curing a few air shifts per hour will suffice. Take
actions to avoid "pockets" of stagnant air.
HEMPADUR 85671
Curing time: Provided that adequate ventilation, recommended relative humidity, specified film
thickness, and recommended minimum recoating interval are kept, the following curing
times are valid:
Steel
10°C/50°F 15°C/59°F 20°C/68°F 25°C/77°F 30°C/86°F 35°C/95°F 40°C/104°F
temperature
Curing time 18 days 14 days 10 days 8 days 7 days 6 days 4 days
Recoating intervals: Provided observance of the above stated ventilation and relative humidity for the
following recoating intervals in relation to the (steel) temperature are valid:
- between the first and 90 hours 60 hours 36 hours 24 hours 18 hours 14 hours
the second coat
The maximum relative humidity before and between the coats should not exeed 80% and
the steel temperature should always be above the dew point, in practice minimum
3°C/5°F above the dew point.
Conditions for Dry spray is not acceptable as this will reduce the protective characteristics of the paint
paint application work: and make later tank cleaning difficult. Dry spray can be avoided by using adequate
stagings, spraying equipment and methods.
Hold spray gun at a right angle to and about 30 cm/1 foot from surface making even
parallel passes at a rate to produce the specified wet film thickness as per
specification.
Avoid dry spray (overspray creating exessive paint mist), e.g. by using a smaller fan
angle, and the lowest possible pressure. A small fan angle should also be used, if spray
application is used, for "stripe coating" of for instance reverse sides of stiffeners.
Each layer must be applied homogeneously, must be free from pinholes and other
defects and as near above the specification of 100 micron/4 mils dry film thickness, as
possible. The consumption of paint must be controlled, and heavy layers must be
avoided because of the risk of saggings, cracks and solvent retention.
If a sandpapering between layers, for instance on the bottom, is needed, great care
must be taken to avoid damaging of otherwise intact surfaces. When using mechanical
means only lightweight equipment should be used, orbital sander is recommended. Yet,
avoid sandpapering on top of welds or irregularities or near to vertical surfaces.
The finished coating must appear as a homogeneous surface without pores, runners or
pollution of any kind.
Control of For the standard specification following applies to the dry film thickness:
dry film thicknesses:
The minimum dry film thickness is 300 micron/12 mils, maximum recommended
thickness is 600 micron/24 mils (below 15°C/59°F: 450 micron/18 mils). The minimum
dry film thickness is evaluated according to the "80-20" rule, ie no more than 20% of
the total number of individual measurements must be lower than the minimum dry film
thickness, and the lowest individual measurement must be at least 80% of minimum dry
film thickness, ie 240 micron/9.6 mils. The maximum dry film thickness can also be
evaluated according to the "80-20" rule.
HEMPADUR 85671
Dry film thickness control must not be carried out within the first 24 hours after
application of final coat (20°C, sufficient ventilation). The measurement must be carried
out using an electromagnetic dry film thickness gauge calibrated with shims placed on a
smooth steel substrate.
Taking into use: Do not use the tank or pipeline before the coating is properly cured. Reference is made
to curing time on page 5. When cured, but before taking the tank into use for potable
water, fill twice with water each time for a period of no less than 24 hours and finally
flush with fresh water.
Repair shall be started as soon as possible. Repair of mountings for stagings, etc. must
take place in connection with the dismantling of the stagings, the tempo of which should
be adjusted to the touch-up procedure. Page
It is important that the repaired areas, as well as the rest of the coated areas, are fully
cured before the tank is taken into use or washed by the tank cleaning system.
The extent of damage to the coating can be evaluated by a seawater test: Wash the
tanks with clean seawater by means of the tank cleaning machines until profiles and/or
heating coils on tanktop is covered. Allow the water to stay for minimum 3 days, after
which period the tank is emptied and cleaned with clean fresh water to remove salts.
The repair process: General: Before mechanical treatment is started, surfaces to be repaired have to be
cleaned for any salts and other contamination.
The surface preparation can be executed by grinding to a clean rough metal surface,
feathering edges of intact coating and slightly sanding the adjacent surface.
Areas up to 1 sq.m:
The surface preparation must be executed by vacuum blasting or open nozzle blasting
so that the steel has a proper roughness and a cleanness to Sa 3 according to ISO
8501:1988. The overlapping zone must be sanded or sweep blasted to ensure a good
adhesion of the new paint.
Areas above 1 sq.m. or areas where several damaged spots are concentrated:
Safety: Handle with care. Before and during use, observe all safety labels on packaging and
paint containers, consult HEMPEL Material Safety Data Sheets and follow all local or
national safety regulations. Avoid inhalation, avoid contact with skin and eyes, and do
not swallow. Take precautions against possible risks of fire or explosions as well as
protection of the environment. Apply only in well ventilated areas.
This Product Data Sheet supersedes those previously issued. For definition and scope, see explanatory notes to
applicable Product Data Sheets.
Data, specifications, directions and recommendations given in this data sheet represent only test results or experience
obtained under controlled or specially defined circumstances. Their accuracy, completeness or appropriateness under
the actual conditions of any intended use of the Products herein must be determined exclusively by the Buyer and/or
User. The Products are supplied September
Issued: and all technical
2002 assistance is given subject to HEMPEL's GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
SALES, DELIVERY AND SERVICE, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing. The Manufacturer and Seller disclaim, and
Buyer and/or User waive all claims involving, any liability, including but not limited to negligence, except as expressed in
said GENERAL CONDITIONS for all results, injury or direct or consequential losses or damages arising from the use of
the Products as recommended above, on the overleaf or otherwise.
Product data are subject to change without notice and become void five years from the date of issue.